Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Equipment & Services / Lamprell Plc

Lamprell Plc

lam · LSE Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker lam
Exchange LSE
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Equipment & Services
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Lamprell Plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

L

a

m

p

r

e

l

l

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

5 BUILDING

IMPROVING 
EVOLVING

PLAYING A KEY ROLE IN THE GLOBAL ENERGY INDUSTRY

 
 
 
 
 
 
Operational highlights

Strong operational performance leading to repeat business

High levels of activity in the yards with a record seven  
concurrent new build rigs under construction 

Efficiency and productivity improvements delivered on  
time and on budget

World-class safety levels maintained with important  
milestones achieved

First proprietary design land rig built and marketing under way

Revenue 
(USD million)

871.1

2014: USD 1,084.9m
2013: USD 1,072.8m

KPI

EBITDA 
(USD million)

KPI

90.0

2014: USD 137.0m
2013: USD 76.0m

Net profit before income  
tax and exceptional items 
(USD million)

KPI

Net profit 
(USD million)

65.2

2014: USD 118.5m
2013: USD 45.9m

Earnings per share – diluted 
(cents)

18.84c

2014: 37.38c
2013: 12.67c

64.7

2014: USD 118.0m
2013: USD 36.4m

Net cash 
(USD million)

210.3

2014: USD 272.6m
2013: USD 183.8m

Throughout this report we use this symbol KPI  to indicate which 
measures are main Group KPIs. 

Who we are
Lamprell, based in the 
United Arab Emirates 
(“UAE”) and with over 
40 years’ experience, 
is a leading provider of  
fabrication, engineering  
and contracting services  
to the offshore and onshore 
oil & gas and renewable 
energy industries. 

What we do
We have an international 
reputation for building 
complex offshore and 
onshore process modules  
as well as fixed platforms 
and topsides, and hold 
leading market positions  
in the fabrication of  shallow-
water drilling jackup rigs, 
multi-purpose liftboats,  
land rigs, and rig 
refurbishment projects. 

Lamprell is listed on the London Stock 
Exchange (symbol “LAM”).

Online shareholder information

In order to keep shareholders fully up to 
date, we have comprehensive financial  
and company information on our website. 
Our shareholders can access all the 
information they require, 24 hours a day.
www.lamprell.com

Cover images, from left to right:

1 NDC rig “Butinah” delivered in May 2015
2 Petrofac UZ750 module load out
3 Rigs under construction in Hamriyah
4 Project Evolution panel line

 
Strategic report: Highlights 2015

1

Strategic report

How the Company sets out to create value 
and how we performed during the year.

  2   Lamprell at a glance 
  4   Executive Chairman’s statement 
  6   Chief  Executive’s review 
  8   Markets, trends pipeline and opportunities  
10   Business model 
12   Project Evolution
14   Strategy 
16   Principal risks and uncertainties 
20   Financial review
23   Performance measures (KPIs)
24   Operational review 
30   Sustainability report 

We are building a solid 
platform for growth 

Corporate governance

Including information on our Board, 
Committees, leadership team and 
remuneration.

Our business 
continues to improve 

As we implement our 
strategy, our business 
is evolving 

36   Board of  Directors
38   Directors’ Report
48   Nomination & Governance  

Committee Report

50   Audit & Risk Committee Report
54   Directors’ Remuneration Report
55   Directors’ Remuneration Policy Report
61   Directors’ Annual Report on Remuneration
68   Statutory information and Directors’ 

Statements

Financial statements

Our primary financial statements and 
supporting notes.

70   Independent auditor’s report to the 

members of  Lamprell plc
71   Consolidated income statement
72   Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income
73   Consolidated balance sheet
74   Company balance sheet
75   Consolidated statement  
of  changes in equity

76   Company statement of  changes in equity
77   Consolidated cash flow statement
78   Company cash flow statement
79   Notes to the financial statements
118  Glossary

For further reading on specific topics,  
please follow the 

 throughout the document.

2

Strategic report: Lamprell at a glance

WHAT THE BUSINESS 
LOOKS LIKE TODAY

Lamprell is firmly established as one  
of  the world’s major fabricators playing  
a key role in the energy industry to  
a global customer base. 

Our core services

New build jackup rigs

Offshore platforms 

Modules 

Oil & gas contracting services 

Lamprell has some of  the 
world’s leading facilities for 
the construction of  new build 
jackup drilling rigs. With a 
sophisticated engineering 
capability and state-of-the-
art construction and load out 
facilities, Lamprell has rapidly 
gained a reputation as a 
leading and reliable builder of  
drilling rigs for the international 
market. In May 2015 the 
Group successfully delivered 
its 27th jackup rig since its 
listing in 2006, comprising of  
14 LeTourneau Super 116E’s, 
seven Friede & Goldman Super 
M2’s and six multi-purpose 
GustoMSC vessels. 

Lamprell has successfully 
undertaken a variety of  
offshore new build construction 
projects for the oil & gas 
industry. We construct complex 
living quarters, wellhead 
decks, topsides, jackets and 
various other offshore fixed 
facilities including modules 
and topsides for FPSO/FPU 
projects. In 2014 Lamprell  
was recognised by Guinness 
World Records for moving  
the heaviest load on trailers 
from its Jebel Ali facility. 
This was for the load out 
of  the production, utilities 
and quarters deck destined 
for the Golden Eagle Area 
Development in the North Sea. 

Lamprell fabricates 
packaged, pre-assembled 
and modularised units and 
has expertise constructing 
accommodation and complex 
process modules for onshore 
downstream projects. We are 
also looking to expand into 
modularised LNG. Lamprell’s 
modular fabrication activities 
offer a number of  advantages 
over conventional construction. 
Fabrication and assembly are 
performed at our modernised 
facilities allowing us to ensure 
that all work is executed 
productively in accordance 
with our industry-leading safety 
and quality standards. 

Oil & gas contracting services 
consists of  our four smaller 
business streams including 
Rig Refurbishment, Land 
Rig Services, Engineering 
and Construction (E&C), and 
Operations and Maintenance 
(O&M). We completed our 
first land rig built to Lamprell’s 
proprietary design; our 
E&C and Rig Refurbishment 
businesses enjoy a reputation 
of  delivering quality products 
safely, within budget and 
on schedule; and our O&M 
division has an excellent 
reputation for bringing our 
strong safety and quality 
culture into every yard in  
which it operates. 

Glossary 

 page 118

3

new build jackup rigs 
delivered to various 
clients 
 page 25

10

modules delivered to 
Petrofac for the UZ750 
project 

 page 26

11

rig refurbishment projects 
successfully delivered 

13

land rig projects  
completed and delivered  

 page 27

 page 27

Jubail

Hamriyah

Sharjah

Dubai

Jebel Ali

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Strategic report: Lamprell at a glance

3

Employees 

Order book

Significance of location

With its primary fabrication yards located  
in Hamriyah, Sharjah and Jebel Ali, all  
of  which are in the UAE, and facilities 
in Saudi Arabia through a joint venture 
agreement, Lamprell is advantageously 
located allowing us to serve an 
international clientele. The Group has 
excellent facilities including fabrication 
space and deep water quayside berths 
which allow us to efficiently load out  
our projects and service our clients  
across the globe. Combined, the Group’s 
facilities cover over 1,000,000m2 with 2km 
of  quayside. We also have access to a 
highly skilled low cost workforce, which 
allows us to offer a competitive cost 
structure to our clients.

Total quayside (m)

2,000

Total land (m2)

1,000,000+ 

Lamprell employs approximately 9,000 
people across multiple facilities, has project-
focused and experienced execution teams 
with over 300 multi-disciplinary engineers 
and a specialist commissioning department. 
We have a highly skilled workforce which 
benefits from our assessment and training 
centre and is led by a strong leadership 
team. Embedded within our organisation  
is a clear focus on safety and teamwork,  
two of  our core values. 

The order book at the end of  2015 totalled 
USD 739.7 million and is mainly composed 
of  new build jackup rigs including three  
for NDC, two for Shelf, two for Ensco and  
a number of  modular fabrication projects.

Our order book 2015 (USD million) 
as at 31 December 2015

KPI

2.1%

5.8%

5.7%

86.4%

739.7

New build jackup rigs

Modules 

Offshore platforms

Oil & gas contracting services

Total employees 
as at 31 December 2015

9,312

2014: 8,367 employees

Employee nationalities  
as at 31 December 2015 

46 

2014: 50 nationalities

Employee gender split  
Management 2015 

92% 

 8%

2014: male 90% female 10%

Jubail

Hamriyah
Sharjah
Dubai

Jebel Ali

4

Strategic report: Executive Chairman’s statement

All 2015  
Board  
priorities  
achieved

FUTURE 
GROWTH 
THROUGH 
RESILIENCE 

2015 was an undeniably 
challenging year for our 
industry. We are proud  
that Lamprell was able to 
show resilience in a tough 
market environment and  
lay the groundwork for  
long-term growth. 

Challenging market backdrop 

Contrary to the predictions of  many  
market participants, oil prices continued 
to slide throughout 2015. Oil & gas 
companies around the world reacted by 
gradual, and in some cases drastic, cuts  
to their capital expenditure. 

Lamprell is not immune to the oil sector 
headwinds but we are pleased to report 
on our demonstrated ability to withstand 
these challenges. Along with other energy 
industry contractors, we have seen delays 
in contract awards but we have taken steps 
to adapt by changing our approach to new 
business development. 

Maintaining a competitive position

In difficult times, companies often make  
the mistake of  losing focus on their long-
term goals. Lamprell’s strong position 
allowed us to withstand the storm without 
compromising our future growth plans. 
We managed to remain competitive and 
continue to implement our strategy.

 page 8 was affected 

Similar to most of  our peers, our pipeline 
conversion 
by project delays and cancellations. 
Nevertheless our bid-to-win ratio remained 
healthy by industry standards and this is 
an important factor indicating Lamprell’s 
strong competitive position. It gives comfort 
about our ability to recover from the difficult 
contracting environment. 

We also judge our strength by our  
ability to compete without undermining 
Lamprell’s financial performance or 
commercial position 
 page 20. In the 
context of  increased pricing pressure, 
where numerous market players saw 
gradual margin erosion, we have been  
able to remain profitable. The gains 
delivered through Project Evolution   
 page 12 allowed us to protect our 
normalised margins whilst enabling  
us to offer attractive propositions in  
a tough market. 

This business flexibility and our strong 
client relationships have helped us maintain 
leadership in the jackup market, with a 
win of  the ninth rig from National Drilling 
Company (“NDC”), one of  only three 
jackup rig orders placed worldwide  
in 2015 

 page 25. 

Focus on the future

Whilst we are taking steps to ensure we 
successfully weather the current storm 
in the sector, we anticipate a recovery in 
the energy markets, as do most industry 
experts, and so we are also continuing 
to focus on our future. We have reviewed 
our strategy 
redirecting our marketing efforts from 
slower international regions around the 
world to the Middle East where we can 
leverage our position of  strength. 

 page 14 for robustness, 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Strategic report: Executive Chairman’s statement

5

Appoint at least  
one additional  
independent 
Non-Executive 
Director 

New gender  
policy: minimum  
of  one new  
female director  
by end of  2016 

Board to hold at  
least one Board  
meeting at a  
group site/facility  
per annum 

Continue to 
pursue long-term 
succession plan 
for management 
during 2015, 
and commence 
implementation 

Total shareholder return 

KPI

(17.8)%

As a Board, we have also spent 
considerable time assessing our  
medium-term positioning in the market  
and potential sources of  growth for 
Lamprell. With this in mind, we have 
identified strategic partnerships as a 
potential route to a step-change in the 
scale of  projects to target. In line with 
this plan, in January 2016 we announced 
a Memorandum of  Understanding with 
Saudi Aramco, Bahri and Hyundai Heavy 
Industries regarding a potential partnership 
for collaboration on the Maritime Complex 
in Saudi Arabia. The discussions are still  
at an early stage, but this could become  
a sizeable business opportunity for 
Lamprell. I took on the responsibility 
of  Executive Chairman to identify 
opportunities for strategic initiatives and 
other means to grow the business in an 
outward facing role. Our work on potential 
alliances continues, and we will update our 
shareholders on progress as appropriate. 

Strong Board 

In this endeavour, I have benefited from 
the support of  a strong Board 
 page 36. 
Following the departure of  Michael Press 
and the passing of  Peter Whitbread  
during 2015, Lamprell has enhanced the 
Board’s independence and composition 
with the addition of  two Directors with 
impressive experience and with Ellis 
Armstrong’s appointment as Senior 
Independent Director. Debra Valentine 
brings significant industry knowledge 
coupled with expertise in corporate 

transactions. Mel Fitzgerald is  
a seasoned executive with 30 years  
of  industry experience. It was also  
pleasing to promote from within, with  
the appointment of  Tony Wright to the 
Board in the role of  Chief  Financial  
Officer 

 page 20.

Lamprell’s Board will be completed with  
the recruitment of  a new CEO following  
Jim Moffat’s announced retirement from the 
full-time CEO position in 2016. Lamprell will 
continue to benefit from Jim’s expertise for 
a year following his retirement but I would 
like to take this opportunity to thank him 
and the wider senior management team  
for their dedication and drive to secure  
a strong future for the Group.

I would also like to thank our shareholders 
for their support through these challenging 
times. The Board will continue to work 
tirelessly to deliver the strategy 
firm in our belief  in Lamprell’s future.

 page 14, 

John Kennedy
Executive Chairman

 
6

Strategic report: Chief  Executive’s review

BUILDING  
ON OUR 
STRONG 
FOUNDATIONS

After a year of  exceptional 
financial results in 2014, 
Lamprell has maintained 
a steady operational 
performance and built 
on the strong business 
position towards long-term 
growth. The focus is now on 
executing our strategy.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015
Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Q How would you describe 2015  
for Lamprell? 

2015 will certainly be remembered as 
a difficult year for the industry, but for 
Lamprell it was an important turning point. 
After a year of  recovery in 2013 and the 
exceptional performance in 2014, this 
year has shown the underlying robustness 
of  Lamprell’s business with its ability to 
be flexible and adapt to the changing 
environment. In 2015 we demonstrated 
that Lamprell is resilient enough to return 
to normalised performance, even in the 
context of  a challenging market.

Q What is your assessment of 
Lamprell’s performance in 2015?

Overall, our performance across the key 
metrics was strong. We focussed on the 
elements under our control, which allowed 
us to manage the impact of  the external 
environment. Operationally, we have 
done well, delivering three major projects 
on time, on budget and to high safety 
and quality standards. We have seen an 
extension in scope of  the project we are 
fabricating for Petrofac, a testament to 
our performance. Our yards remained full 
throughout the second half  of  the year.

The strength of  our client relationships is 
a key driver of  our performance, and we 
continued to develop these through our 
collaborative approach. Having awarded 
Lamprell the ninth jackup rig 
 pages 24 
and 25, NDC subsequently extended its 
options with Lamprell. We also offered 
the service of  stacking client rigs in our 
facilities 
and future cooperation.

 page 27 in the spirit of  current 

Our safety record throughout the year  
was steady with a TRIR of  around 0.3. 
The Jebel Ali and Dubai facilities achieved 
a major milestone having now operated 
for three years without a day away from 
work case (DAFWC). We have set new 
improvement goals and are looking at 
new ways to strengthen the safety culture 
further within the workforce and prevent all 
avoidable incidents 

 page 30.

We have also significantly improved our 
efficiency and productivity in the yards.  
The implementation of  Project Evolution   
 page 12 was almost entirely completed 

by the end of  the year, with a new panel 
line 
 page 24 fully operational and with 
significant improvements in automation. 

Strategic report: Chief  Executive’s review

77

How we are  
adapting to a  
challenging  
market

Total awards (USD million) 

407.1

Completed initiatives 

Strengthen and 
realign our organisation

Productivity and  
efficiency improvements

Enhanced focus on  
broadening customer  
base and strengthening  
our brand

new bids more likely to be awarded in the 
near future. In practice, this was driven by 
a conscious shift away from the quieter 
international markets to more buoyant 
regional markets such as the Middle East 
which maintains higher activity levels  
in the current environment. 

This approach allowed us to mitigate 
 page 16 of  adverse impact 
the risk 
in areas where we have control, but of  
course Lamprell cannot resist the market 
dynamics. While bidding activity levels are 
high, we continue to be affected by the 
industry-wide trend of  projects drifting  
to the right.

Q What are your predictions for 2016?

The strong foundations laid over the last 
18 months have created a structure for us 
to be competitive and deliver operational 
excellence consistently. With our ongoing 
bidding efforts, we expect to be able to
persevere through the downturn and then 
emerge from it in a position for growth to 
deliver our strategy 

 page 14.

In our drive to expand our offering, we 
also built our first land rig of  Lamprell’s 
 page 27, which we 
proprietary design 
started marketing towards the end of  the 
year. We believe it will be an attractive 
product for Middle East clients, having 
been specifically designed for the region.

We believe our ability to win large projects 
could be enhanced by forming strategic 
alliances. In early 2016 we signed a 
Memorandum of  Understanding regarding 
Lamprell’s potential participation in the
Maritime Complex in eastern Saudi Arabia. 
We will continue to scrutinise the market  
for other value-added alliances.

There is a lot of  uncertainty in the current 
markets but Lamprell’s focus for 2016  
is on demonstrating resilience and its 
ability to progress towards future growth 
despite the industry challenges. We are 
confident in our ability to deliver on our 
strategy 

 page 14.

James Moffat
Chief Executive Officer

Q When are you expecting to see the 
benefits of Project Evolution? 

We started to see the benefits in terms 
of  productivity almost immediately upon 
completion of  each component of  the 
project. As you would expect with the 
introduction of  new equipment and training 
requirements, some of  the initiatives took 
time to ramp up to their full rate but we 
have benefited from the improvements 
throughout the year. 

 page 26, 

For example, welding 
which constitutes a major component 
in fabrication with approximately 30% 
of  manhours, has seen a dramatic 
improvement as we modernised our 
processes. The beam cutting robots cut 
beams to exact size multiple times faster 
and more accurately than a human can. 
We have optimised painting, crane and 
scaffolding services, as well as our use  
of  yard space and assets 

 page 34. 

As a result, we have been able to 
accommodate the construction of  seven 
 page 25 in our 
concurrent jackup rigs 
Hamriyah yard, a record for the Group. 

Q What are the financial benefits of 
these improvements?

When we announced Project Evolution, 
we explained that we expect full payback 
within three to four years. While this remains 
appropriate guidance, we delivered better 
savings than first anticipated in 2015. The 
savings and efficiencies generated by 
Project Evolution 
to protect our margins whilst at the same 
time remaining competitive in a market with 
increased pricing pressure. With the recent 
appointment of  Niall O’Connell as COO, 
a strong focus will be on driving these 
operational improvements even further. 

 page 12 allowed us 

Q What were the main challenges you 
encountered and how did you adapt  
to face them?

As drilling programmes started to be 
scaled back in response to weak oil prices, 
the pace of  the contract awards slowed 
down the whole supply chain. Along with 
our peers, we suffered from this which is 
reflected in the lack of  major awards during 
the second half  of  the year. 

In response, we have continued to improve 
our approach to business development 
and, specifically, we dynamically adapted 
the composition of  our bid pipeline   

 page 8 throughout the year to address 

the changing circumstances. When our 
target projects moved to the right, we 
regularly reassessed their likelihood of  
sanction or proactively replaced them with 

8

Strategic report: Markets, trends, pipeline and opportunities

WE ARE A KEY PLAYER
IN THE GLOBAL ENERGY MARKET

Shares of primary energy1 
*Includes biofuels

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%

1965

Renewables*

Hydro

Nuclear

Coal

Gas

Oil

2000

2035

Following Lamprell’s 
record performance in 
2014, this year presented 
new challenges. However, 
challenges that test some 
organisations will create 
opportunities for others. 
Despite falling oil prices 
and slowing demand, our 
2015 bid pipeline remained 
strong. We aim to weather 
the downturn and are 
currently in a strong position 
for the anticipated recovery 
as the world’s energy 
demand is expected to 
continue its rise of  around 
0.8% each year over the  
next 20 years1. 

References
1.  BP Energy Outlook 2035.
2.  Global capex outlook December 2015  

3. 

– Nomura & Citi Research.
Infield systems “Offshore Oil and Gas Macro”  
November 2015.

4.  Douglas Westwood Production and Drilling Outlook 

2015-2021 (Q4 2015 edition).
5.  Wood Mackenzie October 2015.
6.  Douglas Westwood Land Drilling Rig market report 

7. 

2015-2019.
IHS world rig forecast short-term trend –  
December 2015, rigbase.

8.  Barclay’s E&P Spending Outlook, January 2016.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Macroeconomic factors and strategy

Our business opportunities

Amid the continued oil price depression, 
there continues to be a strong discipline 
around any E&P spend and new 
high profile developments are closely 
scrutinised. This has had an impact on 
project awards in 2015. However, the 
impact for Lamprell is mitigated to some 
extent by our expertise and focus which 
primarily lie in the conventional and shallow 
water activities. 

While long-term industry fundamentals 
remain strong with capex forecast to 
recover by 2020, the shorter-term capex 
for the upstream oil & gas industry is set to 
drop by a further 20% from 2015 capex2 
levels. Major oil companies also continue 
to delay final investment decisions due to 
cash flow affordability and less favourable 
project economics caused by current low 
energy prices. 

Offsetting this, the conventional shallow 
water in the Middle East region where  
most production costs are viable at levels 
below USD 30/bbl3 remains attractive  
with continued investment forecast over  
the next five years. Led by Saudi Arabia 
and Iran (post sanctions), the Middle East 
is pressing ahead with major oil & gas 
development projects. By leveraging  
our strong reputation and regional 
presence, Lamprell expects to win our 
share of  these opportunities although 
we recognise that competition for such 
projects has intensified. 

We continue to diversify our bid pipeline 
portfolio across our market sectors  
and via a broader geographic footprint. 
This has strengthened our bid pipeline, 
which as at 31 December 2015 totalled 
USD 5.4 billion. With a win rate slightly 
over 30% in 2015, we continue to focus on 
converting the pipeline to contract awards. 
However, numerous projects have been 
cancelled or deferred. Consistent with our 
 page 14 
2015 refined corporate strategy 
we are proactively sourcing opportunities 
through diversification across markets. 
The emphasis will be to target sizeable 
opportunities through strategic alliances 
and partnerships. We recently announced  
a Memorandum of  Understanding regarding 
Lamprell’s potential participation in the 
Maritime Complex in Saudi Arabia. We have 
also agreed to work with Dubai Drydocks 
to identify opportunities for cooperation on 
FPSO projects in the context of  Dubai’s 
aspiration to become a strategic location  
for FPSU/FPSO. 

Strong pipeline and high
bidding activity

Bid pipeline was USD 5.4 billion at the end 
of  2015 (2014: USD 5.2 billion)

New awards value at USD 407.1 million  
in 2015 (2014: USD 1.4 billion)

Successfully diversified bid pipeline  
client base 

Increased the volume of  modular work,  
a key strategic target 

In discussions with potential alliance 
partners to target major projects

Started marketing first land rig based on 
proprietary design

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report: Markets, trends, pipeline and opportunities

9

Bid pipeline 2015 (USD millions) 
as at 31 December 2015

KPI

New build jackup rigs

Modules

Offshore platforms

Oil & gas contracting services

1,960

660

1,960

5,400

820

Long-term 
market 
fundamentals 
remain strong

Market sectors and our opportunities

67.4%

jackup utilisation7

444

15%

6%

USD billion forecast  
E&P spend in 20168 

of Lamprell’s total 2015 
bid pipeline

increase in Middle East 
E&P spend for 20168

New build jackup rigs

Offshore platforms 

Modules

While the global jackup drilling 
fleet has seen a significant 
increase over the past seven 
years through aggressive build 
programmes by major drilling 
operators and speculators, 
worldwide jackup utilisation 
decreased to 67.4% at 
December 2015 versus 
83.5% at December 2014. 
Despite the current oversupply 
of  jackup rigs, the market 
specifically in the Middle East 
is still promising as NOCs 
invest billions of  dollars into 
redeveloping maturing fields. 
A forecast 4% CAGR rise in 
shallow water drilling over the 
next six years in the Middle 
East should compensate for 
some of  this decline4, with 
the slowdown in new orders 
expected to continue until 
the oversupply of  rigs is re-
balanced. Meanwhile, Lamprell 
has a proven capability of  
bidding competitively against 
international bidders. Of  
the three rig orders in 2015, 
Lamprell received one new 
order from an established 
drilling contractor. 

Fixed offshore platform 
demand in the medium term is 
anticipated to remain resilient 
due to the lower sanction 
point generally required for 
shallow water as opposed 
to deep water floating 
developments. The Middle East 
region, notably Saudi Arabia, 
Abu Dhabi, Qatar and Iran, 
remains highly attractive in 
this environment. The long-
term fundamentals remain in 
place despite the near-term 
uncertainty in this sector. 
With the projected growth of  
deep water developments 
in the longer time frame, 
FPSOs are expected to be the 
preferred solution among the 
floating production concepts, 
as fixed platforms become 
technically challenging and 
cost prohibitive. With Lamprell’s 
geographical location, cost 
competitiveness and proven 
track record of  world-class 
project delivery, we are well 
positioned to re-enter this 
potential growth market  
as the industry recovers. 

Despite the expected softening 
in spend due to recent over-
supply in refining capacity 
in the downstream market, 
significant investment is 
continuing in the Middle East 
and hence this remains a key 
region for Lamprell where the 
Group is strategically located. 
Investment is divided with circa 
50% on upgrades to existing 
refineries and the remainder 
split between maintaining 
existing facilities and greenfield 
projects5. We increased our 
volumes of  modular work 
in 2015, demonstrating our 
capabilities in this area, and 
continue to actively pursue 
opportunities in all onshore 
module markets. The long-term 
outlook for the LNG industry 
remains positive as vast 
reserves of  natural gas are 
being discovered in developing 
regions such as East Africa. 
Investment in LNG facilities 
has increased in recent years 
as global demand is trending 
towards natural gas, a fuel 
considered to be cheaper and 
more environmental friendly 
as highlighted at the COP21 
climate conference in 2015.

Oil & gas contracting services 

Although drilling activity is 
subdued by current oil price 
forecasts, we expect there to 
be continued activity in the 
Middle East market for jackup 
rig refurbishment services as 
the aging rig population often 
requires regular maintenance 
or upgrades. This business 
stream also includes site 
works, pressure vessels, 
static equipment and general 
fabrication works, all of  
which are required to operate 
regional facilities, and are core 
competencies of  Lamprell. 
There is a relatively modest 
outlook forecast for the global 
land rig market until 2019, 
however the global rig count will 
need to expand in order to meet 
projected drilling demand6. 

10

Strategic report: Business model

OUR BUSINESS MODEL 
ADAPTS TO CHANGING CIRCUMSTANCES

We are  
continually  
improving

 page 20 in the face of  a 

successfully deliver profitable 2015 
results 
weak market climate. Our aspiration is 
to serve a broader market, leveraging 
our successful project delivery track 
record, superior safety performance 
 page 30, and reputation for quality 
workmanship to be a leading global 
fabrication and EPC service provider 
delivering complex fabrication projects 
to world-class standards in multiple 
markets. We will also use strategic 
partnerships to achieve our goal, 
allowing us to expand our geographical 
market focus and deliver new product 
offerings, such as FPSO integrated 
solutions and LNG/Petrochemical 
 page 14. 
modules 

Our competitive advantage

Lamprell safely delivers projects on 
time, competitively and at best value 
for money, to clients’ specifications and 
industry-leading quality standards in a 
culture of  teamwork and accountability. 
These attributes, which have been 
developed, reinforced and proven over 
time, are what differentiates us from 
our competitors, along with our central 
geographical location, state-of-the-art 
facilities and core team of  highly skilled 
and motivated workers who understand 
and are committed to the Lamprell way 
of  project execution. All of  this ensures 
execution excellence and lower risk  
for our clients and their business critical 
projects. At Lamprell, we are people  
of  integrity.

Even in today’s difficult 
market, Lamprell aspires 
to deliver predictable, 
sustainable and profitable 
growth through leading 
operational performance, 
strong management and a 
robust strategy that builds 
on our key strengths.

 page 16 of  

Our business model is structured around 
a risk-based assessment 
opportunities to meet the demand for 
fabrication, engineering and contracting 
services in the offshore and onshore oil 
& gas and renewable energy industries. 
Difficult times call for fresh thinking, and 
that is what we have done. In 2014 we 
looked at our key strengths, our prospects, 
the markets in which we operate and our 
competitive advantages and we asked 
ourselves: what will it take to win in today’s 
business climate? Following a detailed 
review performed in 2015, our refined 
 page 14 addresses a more 
strategy 
diversified market in terms of  both product 
offerings and geography by recognising 
the current downturn but targeting medium 
to long-term growth.

Creating long-term value

We are focussing on creating long-term 
shareholder value by reinforcing our 
position in the Middle East as a leading 
fabricator. This has enabled Lamprell to 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

S   >

S

E

Strategic 
location 

S I N

U

K IN T O B

BUSINESS DEVELOPM

Provide a competitive 

cost structure leveraging 

our key strengths

O U R VALUES

E

N

T IN

S

I

G

Focus on 

countries with 

H

T

S

growth markets 

and expand 

geographical 

reach

C
A
T B
N
E
M
T
S
E
V
N
I

Client 
satisfaction

Reliable 
on time 
solutions

D

B

I

A

F

F

S

E

E

R

D

E

O

N

N

T

I

K

A

E

T

E

Y

Strong 

P

S

management and 

R

T

R

O

highly skilled, low 

E

D

N

U

G

C

T

H

T 
S 

cost workforce

World-class safety 

and quality

Greater 

NOC/IOC 

focus and 

management 

of  strategic 

client 

accounts 

and 

relationships

Engagement 

with EPC(I) 

companies 

based on 

target 

markets and 

prospects     

Focus on broader 

brand awareness/ 

recognition

 
 
 
 
BUSINESS DEVELOPM

E

N

T IN

S
I

G

Focus on 
countries with 

H

T

S

growth markets 

and expand 

geographical 
reach

Provide a competitive 
cost structure leveraging 
our key strengths

O U R VALUES

S   >

S

E

Strategic 

location 

S I N

U

K IN T O B

C

A

T B

N

E

M

T

S

E

V

N

I

Client 

satisfaction

Reliable 

on time 

solutions

D

I

B

A

F

F

S

E

E

R

D

E

O

N

N

T

I

K

A

At Lamprell, 
everything we do is built 
on the strong foundations 
created by our core values.  
Just as our beliefs guide us in our  
day-to-day operations, they also provide 
the framework to guide our growth. 

Safety
We deliver world-class safety standards and leave 
nothing to chance, so everyone goes home safely.

Fiscal responsibility
Because every employee influences our costs, we 
are all accountable to ensure that we achieve the 
most cost-effective solutions.

Integrity
We conduct our business honestly, with professional 
integrity, fairly and transparently, and we are open 
and ethical in our day-to-day dealings with all 
stakeholders.

Accountability
We deliver what we say we will.

Teamwork
We strive to work together with our 
stakeholders and believe great teams  
can achieve incredible things.

Greater 
NOC/IOC 
focus and 
management 
of  strategic 
client 
accounts 
and 
relationships

Engagement 
with EPC(I) 
companies 
based on 
target 
markets and 
prospects     

E

T

E

Y

Strong 

P

S

management and 

R

T

R

O

E

D

N

U

highly skilled, low 

cost workforce

G

C

T 

T

H

S 

World-class safety 
and quality

Focus on broader 

brand awareness/ 
recognition

Strategic report: Business model 11

How our strengths  
add value

First class safety and quality
Lamprell has a strong commitment to 
continuously improving the safety and 
quality performance of  our employees and 
contractors. These are a prerequisite with 
any potential top tier client.

Reliability
Lamprell has a proven reputation for quality 
standards and the delivery of  competitive 
products. We have a strong track record in 
our core markets for completing projects on 
time, to specification and on budget. This 
has enabled us to diversify our pipeline. 

Client satisfaction
Lamprell is committed to customer service 
and close client relationships throughout 
the project life cycle. This has resulted in 
strong support from our major clients and  
a strong record of  repeat business.

Skilled workforce
Lamprell has a strong leadership team 
focused on delivering the Company’s 
refined strategy. We value our highly skilled, 
dedicated and flexible workforce and invest 
in their continued development to ensure 
excellent project performance. Our access 
to a highly skilled, low cost workforce from 
Asia supports a competitive cost structure.

Strategic location
Lamprell is advantageously located and 
has excellent facilities including over 
1,000,000m2 of  fabrication space and  
2km of  deep water quayside access. 

We are 
committed to 
safety, quality 
and reliability

 
 
 
 
12

Strategic report: Project Evolution

F-TH E-A R

E-O

T

A

T

S

C

O

N

N

E

C

T

E

D

C I L I T I E S

A

T  F

PROJECT EVOLUTION IS
PRODUCING RESULTS
A

C I L I T I E S

IM

IM

P

O

Achievements 

P

R

O

V

E

E F F I C I E NT PEO

BEST IN 
CLASS 
PRODUCT

O

P

TI

MISED RE S O U

O

R

C

E

S

P

E

D

S

E

E

L

V

P

T  F

T
A
T
S

F-TH E-A R

R
Project Evolution kicked 
off  in mid-2014 with the 
intention of  reviewing 
E-O
the Group’s processes, 
fabrication techniques 
and facilities in order to 
identify and implement cost 
efficiencies and productivity 
improvements that would 
make Lamprell more 
competitive and bring  
E
TI
down daily running costs. 
R
U
T
C

C ES

C
O

S

N

N

P

C

O

E

E

T

R

D

T

E

A S TRU

H

C

R

F

T  I N

R O B U S

N

O

LOGY

E F F I C I E NT PEO

O

R

C

D

P

P

We established a dedicated team which 
was tasked with investigating our current 
systems, execution and production 
processes and material handling 
techniques, to identify improvement 
opportunities that would reduce the  
costs of  our operations and enhance 
product delivery. Ultimately the aim of  this 
project was to make us safer and more 
competitive which, in turn, would help us 
diversify and convert our bid pipeline. 

L

S

E

S

E

S

E

BEST IN 
CLASS 
PRODUCT

MISED RE S O U

R

C ES

Initially 24 opportunities for improvement 
were identified over the duration of  the 
project. Part of  the capital raised in the 
E
rights issue in 2014 was dedicated to 
R
Project Evolution. The Group expended 
U
T
part of  this investment on upgrading 
C
and modernising equipment and work 
areas, warehouses, and adding major 
construction systems such as a new 
panel line in the Hamriyah facility. The new 
fabrication building housing the panel line 
 page 24 and supporting machinery were 
safely installed on a fast track basis within 
ten months, an impressive achievement 
for the Group. The panel line was officially 
launched in 2015 and by the end of  the 
year was operating at full run-rate. We have 
seen returns on this investment as benefits 
are being achieved on all major projects. 

A S TRU

R O B U S

T  I N

F

R

T

E

C

H

N

O

LOGY

IM

P

R

O

V

E

D

P

R

O

C

E

S

S

E

S

E

R

U

T

C

A S TRU

P

L

E

C ES

R

R

F

T  I N

R O B U S

E F F I C I E NT PEO

BEST IN 
CLASS 
PRODUCT

MISED RE S O U

C I L I T I E S

T  F

E-O

F-TH E-A R

A
An integral part of  the measures 
implemented was the investment in 
automation around parts of  our facilities, 
and we have installed a variety of  new 
equipment. Upgraded and new working 
areas, new cranes, robotic cutting 
machines and an automatic beam 
T
A
fabrication system have all been installed 
T
in order to increase the level of  automation 
S
and reduce construction times. In addition, 
strategic procurement processes and 
systems have been implemented in order  
to deliver synergies and economies of  
scale on major projects, which has also 
resulted in significant savings for the Group.

C
O
How this helps our business
N

O

P

TI

N

D

T

E

E

C

T

E

C

H

N

O

While Lamprell is not immune to the 
ongoing headwinds in the energy sector, 
we were pleased to see that our early 
implementation of  the efficiency measures 
under Project Evolution positioned the 
Group to be more competitive which 
will consequently be key to our future 
success. Using an optimised blend of  
automation and low cost labour, Lamprell 
will continue to deliver a safe and high 
quality product at the best value to its 
clients following completion of  the Project 
Evolution measures. Our yards have been 
modernised, our systems and processes 
are more efficient, our workforce is well 
trained and operates to high standards,  
all of  which in turn helps us to win  
new projects. 

LOGY

P RO

C

IL I T I ES

E

S

S

E

S

C

A

F

T
E
C
H

N

I

O

LOG Y

N

FRA S T

IL I T I ES

P RO

E

C

R

U
T
C
R U

E

S

C
A
F

S
E
S
SOU R C

E

R

E S

Our business model 
lays the foundations 
for efficiency and 
productivity

E

P E OPL
T
E
C
H

N

I

O

LOG Y

N

FRA S T

E

R

U
T
C
R U

R

E

SOU R C

E S

P E OPL

E

P RO

C

E

S

S
E
S

IL I T I ES

C
A
F

T
E
C
H

N

O

LOG Y

E

R

U

T

C

R U

I

N

FRA S T

R

E

SOU R C

E S

P E OPL

E

Time management
Time management and span 

Air and gas lines
We completed an upgrade for 

Welding improvements  
Lamprell switched from stick 

and control 

 page 28 ratios 

underground air and gas lines 

welding to the more efficient 

were improved across all 
facilities, by setting KPI’s for  
 page 26

yard staff  

which removed the reliance 

on inefficient fuel driven air 
compressors and thousands 

flux cored arc welding   
 page 26 which has 
reduced welding manhours 

of  cylinders that needed 

changing on a daily basis 

by approximately 20% 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report: Project Evolution 13

C I L I T I E S

A

T  F

IM

P

R

O

V

E

F-TH E-A R

E-O

T

A

T

S

C

O

N

N

E

C

T

E

D

C I L I T I E S

C I L I T I E S

A

T  F

V

O

R

P

T  F

IM
A
CONTINUOUS 
IMPROVEMENT 
CULTURE
E-O

F-TH E-A R

P

L

E

D

P

S

E

C

R

O

E F F I C I E NT PEO

E

T
A
T
S

IM

P

R

D

O

V

E

F-TH E-A R

P

R

O

S

E

S

F-TH E-A R

E-O

T
A
T
S

O

P

TI

E
R
U
T
C

LOGY

A S TRU

H

N

E

C

R

C
O

F

O

N

N

E

C

C
O

C ES

N

N

E

C

T

E

D

T

T  I N

R O B U S

C I L I T I E S
E F F I C I E NT PEO
A
T  F

P

L

E

E-O

T
A
T
S

BEST IN 
CLASS 
PRODUCT

MISED RE S O U

N

C
O

E F F I C I E NT PEO
C ES
BEST IN 
CLASS 
PRODUCT
R

N

E

T

C

E

E

T

D

R

P

L

E

O

P

E
TI
R
U
T
C

A S TRU
C ES
LOGY

O

N

C

H

F

T  I N

O

P

TI

R O B U S
MISED RE S O U

R

C

IM

E

P

S

R

S

E

E F F I C I E NT PEO

O

V

E

P

L

S

D

P

R

E

C ES

R

O

BEST IN 
CLASS 
PRODUCT

S

E

C

S

E

S

MISED RE S O U

D

P

R

O

C

E

S

S

E

S

E
R
U
T
C

A S TRU

R

F

T  I N

BEST IN 
CLASS 
PRODUCT

O

P

TI

MISED RE S O U

R

T

E

C

H

N

O

LOGY

T

E

D

T

E

C

H

N

O

LOGY

R

F

T  I N

R O B U S

R O B U S
E
R
U
T
C

A S TRU

P RO

C

IL I T I ES

E

S

S

E

S

C

A

F

T
E
C
H

N

I

O

LOG Y

N

FRA S T

U
T
C
R U

P RO

C

E

E

R

S

S
E
S

IL I T I ES

C
A
F

E

P E OPL
T
E
C
H

R

E

SOU R C

E S

N

I

O

LOG Y

N

FRA S T

P RO

E

C

E

S

S
E
S

R

R

U
T
C
R U

IL I T I ES

C
A
F

E S

E

SOU R C

E

P E OPL
T
E
C
H

N

I

O

LOG Y

N

FRA S T

E

R

P E OPL

E

Robotic equipment
We invested more than  
USD 16 million on automated 

NDT and quality control 
improvements 

We have upgraded our  

Satellite stores
Satellite stores have been 

installed, taking tools and 

equipment including a panel 

non-destructive and 

line, an automatic fabrication 

radiographic testing facilities 

line as well as two 3D robotic 

making use of  more modern, 

consumables to workers 

instead of  staff  having to 
walk distances for collection, 

beam cutting facilities 

low radiation technology and 

P RO
improved processing

IL I T I ES

C

E

saving time and cost   
 page 28

E

P E OPL

E

S

S
E
S

C
A
F

T
E
C
H

N

I

O

LOG Y

N

FRA S T

R

U
T
C
R U

R

E

SOU R C

E S

U
T
C
R U

E S

R

E

SOU R C

Being more  
competitive  
enables us to 
implement our 
strategy

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14

Strategic report: Strategy

OUR REFINED STRATEGY  
PROVIDES SUSTAINABLE GROWTH

Our strategy is based on 
our fabrication capabilities 
where our Middle Eastern 
geographical location, 
low cost labour and state-
of-the-art facilities are 
fundamental differentiators, 
and is structured around 
product lines with the 
highest potential to grow the 
business going forward. 

We aim to  
deliver what  
clients want

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

During 2015 we reviewed the global 
market outlook, analysed our product line 
and weighed our strengths. We evaluated 
the immediate and future needs of  our 
customers around the globe, exploring 
potential opportunities in new business 
segments and geographies and assessed 
the alignment between our capabilities 
and differentiators against those needs. 
The strategy was initially developed as 
part of  the 2014 rights issue but had to 
be reviewed in light of  the current market 
conditions. We asked ourselves: where 
are our best opportunities for delivering 
profitable growth in the long term? 

Corporate strategy statement

By 2020 Lamprell aims to be a leading 
global fabrication and EPC service 
provider of  jackup rigs, offshore platforms, 
onshore modular solutions and FPSO 
structures consistently delivering safe, 
high quality, competitive, on time solutions 
to our customers while providing steady 
growth and predictable returns for our 
shareholders. This will be achieved by 
building on the strong foundations created 
by our values of  Safety, Fiscal Responsibility, 
Integrity, Personal Accountability and 
Teamwork 

 page 47, working in 

WHAT WE ARE GOOD AT

WHERE WE ARE GOING

Safety

Integrity

Quality

WHAT THE 
CLIENT WANTS

Fiscal responsibility

Systems and procedures

Safety

Competitive 
delivery model

Delivery certainty

Delivery excellence

Local content

Risk transfer

Teamwork

On time delivery

State-of-the-art facilities

Client relationship

Cost efficiencies

Continuous improvement

Productivity

Balance sheet

Risk management

1

2

3

4

5

6

Maintain a regional market leading 

jackup rig builder position servicing 

niche market clients.

Maintain our market leading position in jackup rig 

refurbishment based on differentiated competitive 

‘one stop shop’ service solutions.

Broaden our offshore platform 

fabrication offering.

Broaden our onshore module fabrication 

service offering and target large scale 

LNG and downstream projects.

Develop a competitive ‘one stop shop’ 

Middle East Centre of  Excellence 

for the FPSO market.

Continue to offer differentiated service 

offerings to the regional land rig, our

E&C and O&M markets and maintain 

market share position.

HOW WE DO IT 

We aim to deliver our 

long-term sustainable 

growth through competitive 

fabrication and delivery 

excellence. This includes:

   Investment in a new 

pipe shop

  Investment in improving 

and upgrading our facilities 

for additional production

   Reinforce business 

development, targeting 

growth countries and 

strengthening relationships 

with clients and EPC 

contractors

    Target strategic alliances 

in our core markets

Strategic report: Strategy 15

combination with a strong balance sheet, 
our strategic geographical location, 
state-of-the-art facilities and execution 
excellence in our projects. We will be 
differentiated by delivering all of   
the above at the best value for money.

Focus on enhanced performance 

We have achieved execution excellence 
on all of  our recent and ongoing projects. 
Our facilities are modern and automated 

 page 12, and we have invested in 
labour training programmes to support 
our desired growth. Although the global 
spend has sharply declined in 2015 and 
is forecast to contract further in 2016, we 

believe that our strategy has positioned us 
to emerge from this downturn a stronger, 
more focussed company. We will continue 
 page 11, while 
to play to our strengths 
expanding into markets where our key 
competencies will enable us to compete 
effectively. Our bid pipeline is structured 
to deliver our strategic objectives through 
broader addressable markets, whether by 
expansion into complementary business 
segments or new geographical markets, 
and through targeting of  a diversified client 
base. We have also taken steps to explore 
strategic partnerships where appropriate to 
further strengthen and expand our offering. 

WHAT THE 

CLIENT WANTS

Fiscal responsibility

Systems and procedures

Safety

Competitive 

delivery model

Delivery certainty

Delivery excellence

Local content

Risk transfer

WHAT WE ARE GOOD AT

WHERE WE ARE GOING

Safety

Integrity

Quality

Teamwork

On time delivery

State-of-the-art facilities

Client relationship

Cost efficiencies

Continuous improvement

Productivity

Balance sheet

Risk management

1

2

3

4

5

6

Maintain a regional market leading 
jackup rig builder position servicing 
niche market clients.

Maintain our market leading position in jackup rig 
refurbishment based on differentiated competitive 
‘one stop shop’ service solutions.

Broaden our offshore platform 
fabrication offering.

Broaden our onshore module fabrication 
service offering and target large scale 
LNG and downstream projects.

Develop a competitive ‘one stop shop’ 
Middle East Centre of  Excellence 
for the FPSO market.

Continue to offer differentiated service 
offerings to the regional land rig, our
E&C and O&M markets and maintain 
market share position.

HOW WE DO IT 

We aim to deliver our 

long-term sustainable 

growth through competitive 
fabrication and delivery 

excellence. This includes:

   Investment in a new 

pipe shop

  Investment in improving 
and upgrading our facilities 

for additional production

   Reinforce business 
development, targeting 

growth countries and 
strengthening relationships 

with clients and EPC 

contractors

    Target strategic alliances 

in our core markets

16

Strategic report: Principal risks and uncertainties

AN ENHANCED 
APPROACH 
TO RISK 
MANAGEMENT 

Lamprell is enhancing 
its approach to risk 
management through the 
consistent application and 
development of  our risk 
management framework. 
A robust, embedded 
risk awareness culture is 
essential to ensure that 
business decisions are 
aligned with the Group’s 
strategic objectives. 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Analysis of risk – strategic and financial

43%

40%

57%

60%

Strategic

Financial

High risk

Medium risk

Low risk

Continuing an active risk management 
approach 

50%

50%

We believe that early identification and 
appropriate management of  risk is vital to 
the success of  the Group. With this ethos in 
mind, we continue to regularly and actively 
identify and manage risk profiles across 
each business area in the organisation, 
both at the project and enterprise level. 
Our current risk management framework, 
which was developed in 2014, remains 
highly effective and fit for purpose. All 
risks are ranked taking into account both 
impact assessment and probability, and 
on a gross (pre-mitigation) and net (post-
mitigation) basis. Following such ranking, 
appropriate risk management plans are 
developed, with defined mitigation plans 
and allocated risk owners. We have a 
Risk Review Panel, comprising of  senior 
management, which meets regularly to 
review and challenge risk management 
plans. Through the Panel, increased 
focus is now being placed on risk owners 
tasked with monitoring the effectiveness 
of  mitigations being implemented.

Operational

67%

A focus on Enterprise Risk Management 
(“ERM”)

Our plan to identify and manage Enterprise 
Risks is structured in a similar way to the 
way in which we address project risks. 
Management has worked with the Audit & 
Risk Committee on behalf  of  the Board to 
implement an ERM system which identifies, 
documents and reports on progress to 
manage Enterprise Risks. 

Our database is used to: 

 » Ensure risk management processes are 
effective and key risks are evaluated on 
a fully-unmitigated basis, and risk action 
plans are put in place. 

 »

Improve focus and perspective on risk 
providing a basis for discussion and 
benchmarking through regular meetings.
33%

 » Provide Internal Audit with risk 

information on a quarterly basis in order 
to audit, monitor and generate Internal 
Audit’s annual cycle.

 » Provide the basis of  the bi-annual 

review of  our key risks by our Audit & 
Risk Committee, which reports back  
to the Board.

High risk

Medium risk

Principal risks and uncertainties  
for Lamprell

Compliance and legal

Low risk

Lamprell faces a variety of  risks in 
connection with its business and these may 
change from year to year depending on 
both external and internal circumstances. 
By way of  example, our Board proactively 
decided to escalate the risk ranking for 
geopolitical security as a result of  the 
heightened threat from terrorism and the 
fact that, in recent years, some of  the 
Company’s Board meetings have been 
held in Paris. 

The Board considers that the principal 
risks and uncertainties faced by the Group 
within this reporting period are as follows:

43%

40%

57%

60%

Strategic

Financial

High risk

Medium risk

Low risk

Strategic report: Principal risks and uncertainties 17

Analysis of risk – operational, compliance and legal

50%

50%

67%

33%

While the operational category has the 
highest number of  key risks for this 
reporting period, our ‘high’ key risks are 
mostly strategic in nature. We consider 
this to be a fair reflection of  the negative 
environment faced by the energy industry. 
Lamprell uses mitigation plans to reduce 
the potential impact of  each risk.

Operational

Compliance and legal

High risk

Medium risk

Low risk

Strategic risks

Risk description

Business implication

Mitigation

Macroeconomic  
conditions 

Risk to strategy

high

Risk change

increased

Single product line

Risk to strategy

high

Risk change

increased

With the continuing energy  
market downturn, demand for the 
Group’s products and services 
may be adversely impacted by  
a fall in the levels of  expenditure 
by oil & gas and renewable  
energy companies.

From 2012 to 2015, the proportion 
of  Lamprell’s revenues deriving 
from new build LeTourneau-
designed jackup rigs increased 
year-on-year and that trend is 
expected to continue in 2016. 
This places heavy reliance on 
continuing demand for that 
single product line which may 
be exacerbated in 2016 if  
the proposed acquisition of  
the LeTourneau rig design is 
completed by a competitor of   
the Company. 

 » Regular market reports identify projects which are expected to be 

sanctioned within Lamprell’s addressable markets.

 » Strategy refined to focus on broadening our addressable markets 
and our client base to target sectors and geographical markets 
which offer most potential for growth. 

 » Activities to implement strategic objectives under way. 

 » Bid pipeline 

 page 8 continues to be strong with a year-end value 

of  USD 5.4 billion.

 » Use of  a Client Relationship Management system to provide real 

time information on opportunities and key contacts.

 » Strategy focussed on diversification of  business streams away  

from new build LeTourneau-designed jackup rigs. 

 » Bid pipeline has a heavy weighting towards Offshore Platforms  

and Modules 

 page 9. 

 » Target strategic alliances to enable access to additional sectors.

 » Lamprell offers construction of  alternative rig designs and is 

considering designing a state-of-the-art shallow water jackup rig 
having taken into account client feedback.

 » Anticipated slowdown in the jackup rig market demands a keener 

focus on non-rig sectors.

 
18

Strategic report: Principal risks and uncertainties

Strategic risks

Risk description

Business implication

Mitigation

Winning new work 

Risk to strategy

high

Risk change

none

Geopolitical 

Risk to strategy

medium

Risk change

increased

Financial risks

Financial  
disclosure 

Risk to strategy

medium

Risk change

unchanged

Counterparty  
credit risk 

Risk to strategy

medium

Risk change

unchanged

The Group is dependent on 
a relatively small number of  
contracts at any given time, 
some of  which are for the same 
customers, and strong client 
relationships are critical for a 
sustainable business. The industry 
is highly competitive and Lamprell 
is dependent on its ability to 
provide on time, high quality 
products and services at low cost.

 » Focus on delivering high quality products and services provides 

robust platform for repeat business.

 » Each business stream within our strategy has clear objectives and 
business development goals set by reference to target projects. 

 » Client account management structure ensures that good, effective 

client relationships are maintained.

 » Productivity improvements and cost efficiencies have been fully 

implemented to enhance Lamprell’s ability to compete.

 » Other activities such as a new pipe shop will target additional areas 

to drive down cost.

Given the increased global threat 
from war, civil unrest and in 
particular terrorism, the Group’s 
operations and business could be 
materially disrupted in the case 
of  such an event directly affecting 
one of  our operations or any of   
our key business activities such  
as Board meetings.

 » Limited remote location operations with the vast proportion of  the 

Group’s operations taking place in the United Arab Emirates, which 
is stable politically and financially.

 » Group security policies and procedures updated with closer 

monitoring of  travel.

 » Board meetings held primarily in the UAE.

 » Contracts include force majeure provisions as standard.

 » No material impact of  EU referendum outcome on the business.

The Group’s visible order book 
may fluctuate significantly because 
the majority of  the contracts are 
structured as fixed-duration, lump 
sum projects or else as short-
term rig refurbishment projects. 
In addition, varying project cycles 
mean that revenues can be ‘lumpy’ 
making it more difficult to predict 
with certainty the future long-term 
financial condition of  the Group. 

 » Proven, reliable project execution led by experienced management 

team creates predictable financial outcomes.

 » New ERP system completed 
timely financial reporting.

 page 22, ensuring predictable and 

 » Lamprell has a range of  contract types from lump sum projects, 
framework/call-off  contracts through to unit rate reimbursable 
projects.

 » Strategy refined to focus on broadening addressable markets and 

client base.

 » Regular project review meetings feed into monthly Board reports.

Lamprell sells its products and 
services to, and also procures 
goods and services from, a variety 
of  contractual counterparties 
and could therefore be subject to 
counterparty credit risk, either with 
clients, subcontractors or business 
partners. Failure by any of  these 
entities to make payment may 
result in Lamprell suffering losses 
or reduced revenues.

 » Credit checks are conducted internally and through expert  
third party providers for new counterparties or in support  
of  major contracts.

 » Bonds/guarantees backed by reputable financial institutions may 
be requested prior to contractual relationships being formalised. 

 » Payment terms under contract are carefully managed.

 » Protection against non-payment is built into contractual 

documentation to ensure that the Group has a right of  remedy  
in the event of  delayed/non-payment. 

 » Project debt facility only available for use by top tier clients,  

per lender requirements.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Strategic report: Principal risks and uncertainties 19

Compliance and legal risks

Risk description

Business implication

Mitigation

Contractual  
commitments  

Risk to strategy

medium

Risk change

unchanged

Operational risks

Information 
management 
systems and  
cyber risks  

Risk to strategy

medium

Risk change

decreased

Productivity  
and efficiency  

Risk to strategy

medium

Risk change

decreased

Lamprell may be subject to 
onerous contractual terms 
for product defects, faulty 
workmanship or errors in design 
which could impact revenue or 
earnings as a result of  breach or 
non-performance. With the Group’s 
increased involvement in joint 
ventures, a failure to determine 
appropriately the liabilities 
between the parties could expose 
the Group to additional risks.

 » Potential contract risks assessed at the outset following a full risk 

review, with mitigation plans created.

 » Robust training and inspection programmes implemented across 

all facilities and projects.

 » Lessons learned on earlier projects used to design work scopes, 

thus ensuring continual improvement in project execution.

 » Appropriate contract terms ensure that the Group’s risk exposure  
is acceptable and risks may be passed to subcontracting parties 
or covered by contingency, as appropriate.

 » External advisory experts are engaged, as required. 

The Group relies heavily on 
information technology systems, 
including crucial business 
management software and our 
enterprise resources planning 
systems, which may fail to 
operate effectively or be subject 
to disruption or cyber attacks. In 
such event, the activities of  the 
Group may be severely disrupted 
and, subsequently, operations may 
be adversely affected. 

The Group has incurred significant 
expenditure as part of  its yard 
investment programme under 
 page 12. 
Project Evolution 
Although thorough analysis of  the 
requirement for such investment 
has been undertaken, such 
investments may not yield the 
targeted savings and efficiency 
improvements in practice, either 
because of  the changing market 
environment or due to other 
unforeseen events. 

 » Employee cyber security training and awareness campaigns are 

undertaken regularly.

 » We have adopted the ISO 27001 Information Security Management 

System (ISMS) standard across our business.

 » Disaster recovery plans and procedures are in place and have 
been tested in a simulated environment to ensure adequacy. 

 » Third party experts undertake penetration exercises to test 

adequacy of  IT security.

 » Embedded culture of  continuous improvement and transparency 
demonstrated on all projects and on investment programme.

 » All Project Evolution measures completed on time and on budget, 

with many operating at full run rate already.

 » Flexibility in our staff  cost base.

 » Management regularly assesses the status of  and outputs from  

the investment programme.

 » Key performance indicators for productivity improvements and  

cost efficiencies including the annual incentive metrics.

Viability statement 

In accordance with provision C.2.2 of  the 
2014 revision of  the Code and taking into 
account the Group’s principal risks, the 
Directors have assessed the prospect of  
the Company over a longer period than the 
12 months required by the ‘Going Concern’ 
provision. The Board conducted this 
review for a period of  three years, which 
was selected for the following reasons: 
(i) the Group’s strategic review covers a 
period with visibility on projects extending 
out for at least two years; (ii) most major 
projects undertaken by the Group last for 

a period of  approximately two years; and 
(iii) the Company has a reasonable ability 
to project its likely backlog for a period of  
between two and three years.

The three year strategic review considers 
the Group’s cash flows, dividend cover, 
available debt and other key financial ratios 
over the period. These metrics are subject 
to sensitivity analysis which involves 
varying a number of  the main assumptions 
underlying the forecast both individually 
and in unison. Where appropriate, this 
analysis is carried out to evaluate the 

potential impact of  the Group’s principal 
risks actually occurring. The three year 
review also makes certain assumptions 
about the normal level of  capital recycling 
likely to occur and considers whether 
additional financing facilities will be 
required. Based on the results of  this 
analysis, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company will be 
able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the three year 
period of  their assessment.

20

Strategic report: Financial review

OUR 
FINANCIAL 
PERFORMANCE
REMAINS 
STRONG AND 
STEADY

In 2015, Lamprell delivered 
solid financial results, driven 
by consistent operational 
performance. After a year 
of  exceptional results in 
2014, the Group returned 
to normalised margins 
and retained its strong 
balance sheet, a notable 
achievement in the context 
of  a challenging market 
environment. 

Results from operations

Margin performance

We are pleased to deliver healthy and 
steady financial performance in 2015 
following a year of  exceptional financial 
results in 2014. The combination of  
strong operational execution and savings 
achieved as a result of  Project Evolution   
 page 12 allowed us to deliver good 

margins despite global headwinds  
in the sector. 

The Group’s total revenue for the year  
was USD 871.1 million, slightly below  
our earlier guidance due to the impact 
of  the market downturn on our walk-in 
business. Our other businesses performed 
in line with expectations. The new build 
 page 25 remained  
jackup segment 
the main source of  revenue for Lamprell, 
with a record number of  seven concurrent 
rigs under construction in the yard. Our 
revenues for 2015 were heavily weighted 
to the second half  of  the year due to the 
phasing of  construction, as several of   
our projects were at the early stages in 
their build schedules in the six months  
to 30 June 2015. 

The additional awards by Petrofac have 
provided a significant contribution to our 
module business.

Whilst we are seeing repeat business 
from our clients, the general weakness 
across the sector has driven a reduction 
in revenues from our rig refurbishment 
 page 27. We delivered 11 
business 
refurbishment projects in 2015. We also 
took on high quality projects, with a number 
of  wins for important clients albeit of  fairly 
modest value, in our E&C business unit. 

The Group completed the major part  
of  the investment under Project Evolution   
 page 12, with the realised savings partly 
utilised to protect Lamprell’s margins whilst 
retaining our competitive position in an 
environment of  increased pricing pressure. 
This investment programme allowed the 
Group to maintain its normalised margins 
despite the industry difficulties which 
impacted the financial performance of   
its sector. 

The Group’s gross margin decreased  
to USD 123.5 million from USD 182.1 
million in the previous year primarily due  
to lower revenues, project phasing and  
a return to normalised performance.  
The drop in rig refurbishment revenue 
in the current environment had a minor 
negative impact on margins, whilst our  
new build jackup business managed to 
maintain stable margins at normalised 
levels. The main reason for this was the 
savings and productivity gains delivered  
by the Project Evolution initiatives. 

EBITDA excluding discontinued operations 
and exceptional items for the period  
was USD 90.0 million (2014: USD 137.0 
million). The Group’s EBITDA margin 
decreased from 12.6% in 2014 to 10.3%  
in 2015, reflecting the absence of  the  
2014 exceptional items, partially offset  
by certain one off  events in 2015 such  
as bad debt recoveries.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Strategic report: Financial review 21

Illustrative example: financial cycle of a typical jackup project

PHASE 1: 
START UP

PHASE 2: 
EXECUTION

PHASE 3: 
COMPLETION

Revenue recognised
Working capital position

Months 1-8
Low revenue recognition 
period/no profit until 20% 
progress achieved

Months 9-20
High revenue recognition period with a gradual 
release of contingencies

Months 21-24
Contribution to profit 
from final 
contingencies 
release

E
V
I
T
I
S
O
P

0

E
V
I
T
A
G
E
N

Finance costs and financing activities

Cash flow and liquidity

Net finance costs in the period decreased 
to USD 12.0 million (2014: USD 18.4 million). 
Gross finance costs were USD 5.9 million 
lower due to reduced interest margins and 
lower bonding costs, partially offset by 
increased commitment fees on our facilities 
following the refinancing in 2014. Finance 
income has increased by USD 0.5 million  
as a result of  higher cash deposits. 

Net profit after exceptional items  
and earnings per share

The Group recorded a profit for 2015 
attributable to the equity holders of   
USD 64.7 million (2014: USD 118.1 million). 
The fully diluted earnings per share for the 
year was 18.84 cents (2014: 37.38 cents), 
based on strong underlying performance 
in the absence of  the exceptional items 
reported in 2014.

Capital expenditure

The Group’s capital expenditure in 2015 
increased to USD 59.5 million (2014: USD 
22.5 million). The main area of  investment 
was yard improvement under Project 
Evolution 
 page 12, which comprised of  
the purchase of  new equipment including 
the new panel line 
cutting robots and some yard infrastructure 
enhancements 
 page 34. The major part 
of  the investment under Project Evolution  
is now complete, with the second phase  
of  Project Compass 
the Group since 1 October 2015.

 page 22 live across 

 page 24, beam 

The Group’s net cash flow from operating 
activities for 2015 reflected a net outflow  
of  USD 0.8 million (2014: net outflow of  
USD 39.8 million) arising predominantly 
from the Group’s EBITDA and offset by 
increased working capital requirements 
due to the natural cycle on major projects. 

Cash and bank balances decreased  
by USD 82.0 million, resulting from  
a net cash outflow from investing activities 
attributable to the major capital investment 
programme and an outflow from financing 
activities. The Group’s net cash position 
remains strong at USD 210.3 million (2014: 
USD 272.6 million), a decrease in line  
with expectations due to capital spend  
on Project Evolution and the phasing  
of  the construction cycle on our projects.

Balance sheet

The Group maintained a strong balance 
sheet, providing flexibility and security in a 
challenging environment for the industry.

The Group’s total current assets at the 
period-end were USD 725.3 million  
(2014: USD 780.7 million). Trade and 
other receivables increased to USD 
428.3 million (2014: USD 403.6 million) 
due to unfavourable timing on milestone 
payments as well as advance payments 
to suppliers to secure favourable 
terms for equipment procured. 

Shareholders’ equity increased from  
USD 672.2 million to USD 737.6 million at 
31 December 2015. The movement mainly 
reflects increased retained earnings of   
USD 410.4 million (2014: USD 344.5 million).

Gross margin 

14.2%

2014: 16.8%

EBITDA1 
(USD million)

90.0

2014: USD 137.0m

Net cash 
(USD million)

210.3

2014: USD 272.6m

1.  EBITDA excludes discontinued operations and 

exceptional items.

22

Strategic report: Financial review

Project Compass
Robust platform  
to streamline 
technology 
processes 

Approximate reduction in payroll 
department overhead 

45%

Project Compass was launched 
to implement a new Oracle-based 
ERP system at Lamprell. Along with 
streamlining processes and connecting 
our business functions to a single 
system, it is now also helping us to 
reduce our overall operational costs by 
providing greater visibility, control and 
increased employee productivity. The 
implementation of Project Compass 
provided Lamprell with a more robust 
and flexible platform to support future 
growth. Lamprell is better equipped to 
deliver higher levels of business process 
efficiency by leveraging the latest 
technologies in ways that directly impact 
the bottom line and create further value 
for our shareholders. 

Performance

Improvement driven by outstanding  
performance in project gross profit and  
cost efficiencies (USD millions)

100

93.2

19.1

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

31.8

6.7

66.5

4.5

13.0

2014 net profit

Impact of  EDC 2 in 2014

Impact of  competitive environment

Movement of  bad debts

Overhead reductions

Others

2015 net profit

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

The Group’s debt/equity ratio of  10.8%  
at 31 December 2015 (2014: 14.7%) 
emphasises our low levels of  leverage  
and balance sheet strength. 

Borrowings and debt 

In 2015, following the major debt 
refinancing the previous year, the Group’s 
facilities comprised (a) a USD 100 million 
term loan amortised over five years, of  
which USD 20 million was repaid over  
the course of  the year; (b) USD 50 million 
for general working capital purposes  
which remained undrawn; and (c)  
USD 200 million of  working capital for 
project financing, which has not been 
taken up by our clients to date. Lamprell 
continued to market this facility as part  
of  a number of  bids and the aim remains  
to leverage it in future projects.

In addition, the related USD 250 million 
committed bonding facility, which  
is available for use in connection with  
new contract awards funded by the 
working capital facility detailed in  
(c) above, remained undrawn in 2015 
and the Group has been able to leverage 
its bilateral bonding facilities for better 
commission rates. 

The outstanding borrowings were  
USD 79.3 million as at 31 December 2015 
(2014: USD 99.0 million). 

Change of auditors

Following a formal tender process in line 
with market best practice, the Audit & Risk 
Committee made a recommendation for the 
appointment of  Deloitte LLP as the external 

 page 52. Deloitte LLP has 

auditor for the Company, which the Board 
approved 
expressed its willingness to act as external 
auditor and a resolution to appoint Deloitte 
LLP will be proposed at the forthcoming 
AGM for their services in respect of  the 
2016 financial year.

Going concern

After reviewing its cash flow forecasts 
for a period of  not less than 12 months 
from the date of  signing these financial 
statements, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will 
have adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. The Directors have concluded 
therefore that it is appropriate for the Group 
to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing its financial statements.

Dividends

Given the challenging market environment 
and the Group’s strategy to retain a strong 
net cash position and balance sheet, the 
Directors do not recommend the payment 
of  a dividend for the current financial year 
ending 31 December 2015. In the future 
the Directors will continue to review this 
position in light of  market conditions at the 
relevant time. 

Antony Wright
Chief Financial Officer

Strategic report: Performance measures 23

Our operational 
year in more detail 
and Project  
Evolution

PERFORMANCE
MEASURES

Safety TRIR
(rate per 200,000 manhours)

KPI

Revenue
(USD million)

KPI

Net profit
(USD million)

KPI

0.31

0.28

2015

2014

2013

0.67

2015

2014

2013

871

1,085

1,092

2015

2014

2013

66.5

93.2

39.1

Description 
Key lagging indicators showing the Group’s 
safety performance.

Description 
Measures level of  operating activity and size  
of  business.

Description 
Measures net profitability of  the business  
before exceptional items.

New awards
(USD million)

2015

407

2014

2013

1,400

756

KPI

EPS (diluted)
(US cents)

2015

2014

2013

18.84

12.67

37.38

Description 
Indicates total awards/new work won during  
the year.

Description 
Indicates net profitability on a per share  
basis, taking into account changes in the  
capital structure.

24

Strategic report: Operational review

OUR BUSINESS IS  
BUILDING MOMENTUM 

Lamprell continues to build 
on its solid foundation of  
operational excellence 
after getting back on track. 
We are delivering what 
we promised and have 
installed new processes 
and equipment to make our 
operations leaner, stronger 
and more competitive.

Business overview 

The Company had to adjust its outlook 
in early 2015 in light of  the challenging 
climate following the sharp oil price 
decline. Recognising the importance 
of  being competitive in this market, we 
pressed on with implementing our various 
business improvement measures. This 
included the productivity improvements 
and cost efficiencies under Project 
Evolution 
 page 12, refinement of  our 
strategic objectives to align with market 
 page 14 and our focus on 
demands 
maintaining our competitive position by 
 page 11.
leveraging our key strengths 

In the early months of  2015, we delivered 
three major projects safely, on time, 
within budget and to high standards of  
quality. During the second half  of  2015, 
the Group saw a significant ramp-up in 
manpower across all three yards as all 
ongoing projects reached critical, high 
intensity phases and, during this period, 
the Group increased its project workforce 
by approximately 1,500 people. We 
achieved another record for the Group as 
we constructed seven concurrent jackup 
rigs in the Hamriyah yard, which was made 
possible because of  Project Evolution   

 page 12.

Notably, given the limited number of  
awards during 2015, Lamprell was pleased 
to receive a new rig contract award in April 
2015 by our largest client, NDC, one of  
only three global rig awards throughout the 
year. The Group also agreed with NDC to 

extend the outstanding two options  
and to include a third option on its next 
jackup rigs. The Group has seen further 
awards from Petrofac on the Abu Dhabi 
project under construction in our yards.  
As a result the original contract award of  
26 pre-assembled racks has now grown 
to a total of  45 pre-assembled racks, units 
and modules. 

2015 saw each of  the Jebel Ali and 
Dubai yards reach the same milestone of  
having operated for more than three years 
without a single DAFWC. In addition, the 
Sharjah facility completed over five million 
manhours without a DAFWC, with its last 
recordable incident in June 2014. Overall, 
we are proud of  the Group’s proven safety 
 page 30. However, with the TRIR 
record 
plateauing during 2015, management will 
make this a top priority for 2016 – we want 
an underlying safety culture which prevents 
incidents and allows our workforce to go 
home free from injury. 

The Board made changes to the senior 
management team designed to create 
functions which are accountable either 
for winning new work (under the CCO), 
executing work (under the COO) or 
managing payments (under the CFO). Tony 
Wright was appointed as CFO 
and Board Director in August 2015, and 
Niall O’Connell was promoted to the role of  
COO in October. This simplified structure 
is considered to be the most efficient and 
cost-effective way of  running a business of  
Lamprell’s size and complexity. 

 page 20 

P RO

C

E

S

S
E
S

IL I T I ES

C
A
F

T
E
C
H

N

O

LOG Y

Project Evolution
Panel line delivering 
savings and 
efficiencies 

E

R

N

I

E

R

FRA S T

In July 2015 the new state-of-the-art 
panel line was officially opened in our 
U
Hamriyah facility and provided Lamprell 
T
C
with a USD 13.6 million automated and 
E S
R U
more efficient solution to our panel 
SOU R C
fabrication process. The Evolution team 
delivered the new technology safely with 
over 300,000 manhours worked with no 
recordable incidents, in ten months, on 
time and within budget. The savings and 
efficiency benefits resulting from this 
investment programme have contributed 
to all seven ongoing new build jackup rig 
projects, and to maintaining the Group’s 
competitive position by offsetting some 
of the pressure on margins experienced 
in the currently challenging environment 
worldwide in the oil & gas services sector.

P E OPL

E

In late 2015 the panel line was operating 
at full run-rate of six panels a day

6-a-day

Strategic report: Operational review 25

The Group completed the disposal of  one 
of  its smaller non-core service businesses, 
Litwin PEL LLC, in April, and in July the 
Group launched phase two of  its ERP 
system 
successfully and went live in October. 

 page 22 which was completed 

New build jackup rigs 

Highlights
Three EPC projects successfully delivered 
during 2015

All projects completed on time and  
within budget 

New contract awarded by National  
Drilling Company

Trading review 

The Group delivered three new build 
jackup rigs in 2015, namely the “Jindal 
Pioneer” to the Jindal group in February, 
the rig “Greatdrill Chaaru” to Greatship 
in March and finally the rig “Butinah” to 
NDC in May. All projects were delivered 
within budget and on or ahead of  schedule 
and all were designed according to 
the Cameron LeTourneau Super 116E 
(Enhanced) Class design.

The contract for the “Jindal Pioneer” rig  
was signed in January 2013 and this  
was the second of  its kind which  
Lamprell delivered to this client.  

The rig was deployed to compete for work 
offshore India.

Construction of  the “Greatdrill Chaaru” rig 
was undertaken on a fast-track basis and 
completion was achieved in only 18 months 
after initial steel cutting. The rig joined its 
sister vessel, the “Greatdrill Chaaya” which 
Lamprell delivered in H1 2013. Both rigs 
were contracted to work for India’s Oil and 
Gas Corporation in the offshore Indian 
territorial waters.

The “Butinah” rig, which achieved an 
exceptional safety record, departed 
Lamprell’s Hamriyah facility in 1H 2015, 
for operations in its drilling location in the 
Zakum Field off  Abu Dhabi. This was the 
sixth in a series of  nine rigs being built 
and delivered by Lamprell to NDC. All of  
the NDC rigs are on charter to the ADNOC 
group of  companies.

A further seven jackup rigs are under 
construction for three key clients for the 
Group and all are at different stages of  
completion. There are three rigs being 
fabricated for NDC and they are in relatively 
early phases of  construction. With regard 
to the two rigs for our customer Ensco, 
they are nearing completion with deliveries 
expected to be in Q2 and Q3 of  2016.  
We are also constructing two rigs for first 
time client Shelf  Drilling and they are 
both on schedule, with one of  the rigs 
scheduled for delivery in Q3 2016. All 
seven rig EPC projects are proceeding  
as planned and have benefited from  
the yard optimisation measures under 
Project Evolution 

 page 12.

Three rigs delivered and a further  
seven under construction in Lamprell’s 
Hamriyah yard 
Having seven new build jackup rigs under 
construction concurrently is a record for 
Lamprell and was made possible due to 
the yard optimisation initiative as part of  
Project Evolution 

 page 12. 

To date Lamprell have delivered a total of  
27 new build jackup units, including both 
drilling units and multipurpose liftboats, to 
various clients during the last ten years. 
The Group is planning to deliver four further 
LeTourneau Super 116e jackup drilling rigs 
in 2016.

26

Strategic report: Operational review

Offshore platforms 

Trading review 

The global energy markets have 
experienced a significant shift since mid-
2014 and this has impacted all contractors 
operating in the sector including Lamprell, 
with limited numbers of  overall contract 
awards. This has impacted the Group’s 
ability to convert its pipeline into backlog, 
notably in the Offshore Platform business 
stream. Although Lamprell has not been 
successful with new awards in this major 
business stream in 2015, we anticipate 
growth in the long term and we have 
been able to strengthen and diversify our 
bid pipeline with a substantially higher 
proportion made up from projects in this 
sector. Lamprell’s yards are strategically 
located in the Middle East which is proving 
to be more resilient to the current market 
challenges and we are therefore targeting 
projects in this region which are expected 
to proceed. 

P RO

C

IL I T I ES

E

S

S

E

S

C

A

F

T

E

C

H

N

I

O

LOG Y

N

FRA S T

E

R

U
T
C
R U

R

E

SOU R C

E S

P E OPL

E

Project Evolution
Efficient welding 
through FCAW 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Modules 

Highlights

First 10 Petrofac modules loaded out 
successfully in 2015 

Excellent safety record with zero DAFWCs

Awards of  further modules in 2015 taking 
the total to 45

Trading review 

In 2H 2015, one year after the start of  
construction, Lamprell successfully 
completed the load out of  the first pipe 
racks for Petrofac in connection with the 
UZ750 project. By the close of  2015, 10 
pre-assembled pipe racks had sailed away 
to the North Zakum Island in Abu Dhabi to 
undergo installation and commissioning. 
In early 2016 another seven modules were 
loaded out and the remaining modules 
and pipe racks will be delivered to the 
client over the course of  2016. In addition, 
Lamprell achieved a major milestone by 
reaching two million manhours without 
a DAFWC on this project which is an 
impressive achievement and shows our 
deep commitment to safety, one of  our core 
values. Some of  the modules have been 
fabricated in our Sharjah facility, which by 
the close of  2015 had celebrated achieving 
over 600,000 manhours without a DAFWC 
on the project, in addition to no lost time 

The quality of Lamprell welding has 
consistently been high, however we found 
that there were some inconsistencies 
in certain processes and techniques 
being applied, offering an opportunity for 
improvements. In 2013, 65% of welding at 
Lamprell was done using shielded metal 
arc welding, also known as stick welding. 
An alternative welding process called 
flux cored arc welding (“FCAW”) has 
been introduced to a far greater extent. 
FCAW is more efficient, significantly 
reducing the number of manhours spent 
on this activity. In addition, welders 
have been given defined KPIs which 
has increased productivity and reduced 
consumable wastage. These welding 
improvements have made Lamprell more 
productive, reduced welding manhours 
by approximately 20%, improved our 
environmental footprint and made us  
more competitive.

Petrofac UZ750 modules
Petrofac made further awards to Lamprell 
on the UZ750 project in 2015. 

incidents to date in our Jebel Ali facility 
on this project. Lamprell has developed 
a close and effective working relationship 
with Petrofac based around our high 
quality and reliable project execution, and 
this follows our strong performance for this 
client on the Laggan Tormore project in the 
North Sea, during 2013.

Both Petrofac and Zakum Development 
Company, the end user client for this 
project and operator of  the Abu Dhabi 
field, have recognised Lamprell’s excellent 
performance when it comes to safety, 
quality and progress. In recognition of  
Lamprell’s high standards on the project, 

Approximate reduction in  
welding manhours

20%

Strategic report: Operational review 27

Engineering and construction

Lamprell’s E&C business unit performed 
well in 2015 with the most significant 
contract being our involvement in the 
prestigious Kaombo project offshore 
Angola. E&C also renewed a key 
maintenance service contract with client 
Sharjah National Oil Corporation, which 
completes more than 15 years of  service 
to this group. Much of  the work under 
E&C is for clients with whom we have 
well-developed relationships, as they trust 
Lamprell to deliver as promised. 

Operations and maintenance 

Our O&M team continues to perform 
well and successfully retained the 
maintenance service contracts for the 
supply of  manpower with key clients, some 
of  whom they have worked for since the 
1980s. In spite of  its small size, O&M have 
been regular winners of  safety awards 
from these clients, demonstrating that 
Lamprell’s safety culture is well-established 
throughout the business. 

the Group was rewarded with additional 
work, including an award by Petrofac for 
an additional five pipe racks and a further 
three modules. This brings the total amount 
of  modular structures awarded by Petrofac 
to date to 45, including 39 pre-assembled 
pipe racks, three pre-assembled units and 
three pre-assembled modules. 

We focussed on our strong project 
execution and delivery throughout 2015, 
whilst ensuring that efficiency measures 
result in a competitive advantage in an 
increasingly challenging market. 

Oil & gas contracting services 

Highlights
New land rig constructed according to 
Lamprell’s proprietary design 

11 rig refurbishment projects successfully 
delivered in 2015

E&C business unit wins work on prestigious 
Kaombo project 

Trading review 

As part of  its strategy refinement  
Lamprell has grouped its four smaller 
business streams under the name 
“Oil & Gas Contracting Services”. 
Notwithstanding the low oil price 
environment, each business stream 
delivered a solid performance in 2015  

and Lamprell views each as capable  
of  generating long-term growth for  
the business.

Land rig services

Land Rig Services completed 13 projects 
in 2015, covering the refurbishment and 
upgrade of  land rigs or component parts 
as well as support for onshore drilling 
activities, and has worked on three projects 
for a new Kuwaiti client. Lamprell has 
started the process of  marketing its first 
land rig based on its own proprietary 
design. There has been considerable 
interest in the rig and the Group has been 
giving demonstrations of  its capabilities to 
clients in early 2016.

Rig refurbishment

After a positive start in 2015, the rig 
refurbishment business saw a slowdown in 
later months. In 2015 we delivered a total 
of  11 rig refurbishment projects and won 
a total of  nine new contracts, all repeat 
business from established customers. 

Some clients have stacked their jackup 
rigs with Lamprell until market conditions 
improve, with a total of  eight rigs located 
across our yards in 2015. This is an 
important service for clients while the 
market recovers and allows for a rapid 
response to refurbish or upgrade a rig 
when it is redeployed. 

28

Strategic report: Operational review

P RO

C

E

S

S
E
S

IL I T I ES

C
A
F

T
E
C
H

N

I

O

LOG Y

N

FRA S T

Project Evolution
Span & control and 
time management 
improvements

E

R

E

E

R

SOU R C

U
T
C
R U

Key opportunities for improved efficiency 
P E OPL
were in the Group’s time management 
and span and control ratios, meaning 
the number of  supervisors compared to 
E S
workers being placed under their control. 
In terms of  supervisor to staff  ratios, 
changes have been made to ensure that 
they are not only in line with industry 
standards, but also optimal by reference 
to the work being performed, and the 
potential safety hazards arising from that 
work. The Evolution team also took steps  
in measuring the time management culture 
of  our people in every facility. 

Following a series of  audits, a number 
of  improvement opportunities leading 
to greater efficiency were identified and 
safely implemented. The most significant 
was a targeted reduction in the non-
productive time associated with each 

workman. We saw opportunities for 
enhanced work productivity and made 
various adjustments through a focused 
measurement campaign which was 
supported by yard management and key 
supervision, ensuring our workers are 
more productive during each shift. We also 
observed that there were lengthy queuing 
times associated with our tradesmen 
getting their equipment and consumables 
from our stores, and in order to improve 
this we have provided the majority of  our 
tradesmen with personal tool kits and set 
up satellite stores in different areas of  our 
yards, taking consumables and tools to 
the work area locations instead of  our staff  
having to walk distances to warehouses for 
collection. We have implemented a work 
package system, in line with industry best 
practice, and now use dedicated systems 
to package construction and related works 

into activities which ensures all inputs 
are verified as “ready” prior to production 
commencing. Manhour bookings, all 
consumables and tooling are now traced 
via work pack codes, capturing full costs 
for work activities.

Total manhours worked in 2015 

24,922,987

30

Strategic report: Sustainability report

WE ARE BUILDING A  
SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS

Essential to our long-
term growth is a robust 
sustainability framework 
which enables us to deliver 
value for all stakeholders. 
We operate safely, to the 
highest standards, whilst at 
the same time managing our 
impact on the environment. 

Sustainability at Lamprell

Health and safety

The successful implementation of  new 
sustainability initiatives throughout the 
organisation during 2015 was a significant 
achievement for the Group. These 
initiatives contributed to the Company’s 
financial performance for the period 
while maintaining a safe and efficient 
operating environment for our workforce. 
The promotion of  accountability and 
transparency are of  paramount importance 
to the Group, which is in part achieved 
through the maintenance of  a healthy  
and well trained workforce. We believe 
that our operations can have a positive 
effect upon our clients, employees, 
subcontractors, the environment and 
communities in which we operate. 

Highlights

Successful heat stress management 
campaign which resulted in zero 
recordable heat stress incidents 

Three years without a DAFWC for both  
the Jebel Ali and Dubai facilities

6.1 million manhours and 551 days  
without DAFWC for the Sharjah facility 

The best-in-class organisational health and 
safety management system which Lamprell 
deployed throughout 2015 continued 
to deliver positive health and safety 
performance results. These were achieved 
through a number of  complementary 
mechanisms including:

 » Company-wide occupational health  

and safety campaigns focused around 
fatal risk management;

 » Dropped object safety awareness 

campaign to highlight and reduce the 
dangers associated with falling tools 
and materials on fabrication yards;

Our sustainability pillars

Resource 
conservation

Financial
performance

Worker 
welfare

Environmental

protection

Stakeholder

engagement

   Decrease in 

CO2e emissions below 

2015 emissions figures

Our goals

    Investigate water saving 
initiatives

   Continue efforts to 

encourage waste 

minimisation and diversion

   Data capture systems to 
include capability to 
measure indirect 

economic benefits
   Increase in the 
performance of  the 
organisation in customer 

satisfaction surveys

    Increase in the diversity 

of  the workforce

   Continue to design and 

implement organisational 
health campaigns
   Enhance and refine 

Training Centre 

capabilities

   Enhance environmental 

regulatory compliance

   Increase community 

programmes per operation

   Continue to decrease 

environmental 

incident rate

   Increase number of  

ecological initiatives 

undertaken annually

   Improved stakeholder 

engagement programmes 

with a focus on employee 

welfare

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

 
Strategic report: Sustainability report 31

 »

‘Take 5’ hazard evaluation initiative 
which requires all operational personnel 
to assess their work areas for potential 
hazards and rectify them prior to any 
work being undertaken; and

 » The provision of  external Institute 

of  Occupational Safety and Health 
training courses for supervisors and 
Construction Industry Training Board 
certification for Company supervisors 
and scaffolders.

Lamprell is committed to achieving an 
incident and injury free culture for all 
stakeholders. To help achieve this goal, 
hazard identification workshops as well as 
client and Lamprell safety review meetings 
are now standard for each project, which 
subcontractors are required to attend. 
This process enables clear communication 
of  health and safety expectations and 
standards, and allows all parties to share 
their industry experience on how to achieve 
a safer work environment. 

The Company is proud of  its TRIR achieved 
throughout 2015, however it acknowledges 
that this rate has plateaued and is now 
reviewing options to drive the TRIR down 
by implementing more extensive training 
programmes for Lamprell’s supervision. 

All Lamprell employees continually strive 
to ensure that operations are performed 
in a safe working manner. However, in 
November 2015, there was a tragic  
non-operational incident in which a guard 
received burn injuries as a result of  a 
fire that broke out in a security office at 
Lamprell’s facility in Erbil, Iraq. One week 
later he sadly passed away. As a result 
of  this incident, a number of  corrective 
actions were implemented including all 
gas appliances being connected via hard 
pipe and being fitted with a gas detection 
system initiating automatic emergency 
shutdown. In addition, a HSE audit was 
undertaken at all remote facilities to ensure 
that general safety standards are being 
maintained. The lessons from this incident 
were shared and further actions taken 
where appropriate.

Quality 

Highlights

Successful third party recertification for 
ISO 9001 and ISO TS 29001

In 2015 Lamprell’s Quality department 
successfully achieved recertification 
by Bureau Veritas and the American 
Petroleum Institute, demonstrating that we 

have maintained and complied with these 
internationally recognised standards. The 
Group also successfully completed the ISO 
27001 information security management 
system certification audit. This certification 
confirms that we have robust, secure and 
reliable IT systems in place, ensuring 
greater stakeholder confidence.

Lamprell successfully completed a number 
of  audit assessments for prospective 
clients as part of  our ongoing business 
development efforts. These audits enable  
the Group’s participation in bidding 
activities for potential clients. In addition 
Lamprell’s Quality department designed 
and initiated a programme to train and 
further develop the skills of  its Quality 
Control and Production department 
personnel. The programme is aimed at 
creating greater efficiency and continuous 
improvement across the department.

Another major accomplishment for the 
organisation in 2015 was the completion of  
a new Lamprell shipyard quality standard 
for new build rig projects which ensures 
that we are complying with the international 
code and class requirements.

Our sustainability pillars

Resource 

conservation

Financial

performance

Worker 

welfare

Environmental
protection

Stakeholder
engagement

   Decrease in 

   Data capture systems to 

    Increase in the diversity 

Our goals

    Investigate water saving 

CO2e emissions below 

2015 emissions figures

initiatives

   Continue efforts to 

encourage waste 

minimisation and diversion

include capability to 

measure indirect 

economic benefits

   Increase in the 

performance of  the 

organisation in customer 

satisfaction surveys

of  the workforce

   Continue to design and 

implement organisational 

health campaigns

   Enhance and refine 

Training Centre 

capabilities

   Enhance environmental 
regulatory compliance

   Continue to decrease 

environmental 
incident rate

   Increase number of  

ecological initiatives 

undertaken annually

   Increase community 

programmes per operation
   Improved stakeholder 

engagement programmes 
with a focus on employee 

welfare

 
32

Strategic report: Sustainability report

Environment 

Highlights

Establishment of  organisational carbon 
footprint analysis framework

Full regulatory compliance with all 
applicable environmental legislation 

Majority of  operational waste diverted from 
landfill to be recycled

Effective and compliant environmental 
management remains a cornerstone 
of  Lamprell’s operations. To drive this, 
we are using a standardised reporting 
regime, which enables timely and accurate 
measurement of  all major environmental 
impacts from Group activities. A number of  
environmental management improvements 
were made possible through Project 
Evolution 
realignment of  compressors to maximise 
efficiency and the replacement of  some 
diesel powered cranes. A total of  nine 
overhead electric gantry cranes have been 
installed at our Sharjah and Hamriyah 
facilities to replace some of  the diesel 
powered crawler cranes. 

 page 12 initiatives such as the 

In 2015 Lamprell once again participated 
in the international Carbon Disclosure 
Project (“CDP”) in which organisations 
submit operational data that has an impact 
upon the environment. The Disclosure 
Score for the CDP report submitted for 
2015 reflected a significant improvement 
from previous years.

Disclosure 
Score (/100)

Lamprell Group waste diversion from landfill
operational waste diversion rate

Year

Programme

2015

2014

2013

Climate Change 2015

Climate Change 2014

Climate Change 
(Investor CDP)

87

38

25

The CO2e emissions from 2015 Lamprell 
Group operations are provided below: 

Lamprell Group CO2e emissions

52,410 tonnes Scope 1 – Emissions from 
Lamprell owned or operated entities

4,280 tonnes Scope 2 – Emissions from 
electricity and water purchased from 
government utilities

3,280 tonnes Scope 3 – Emissions from 
other third party activities purchased by 
Lamprell

Throughout 2015 the Group diverted the 
majority of  operational waste away from 
landfill sites and into recycling plants. This 
was achieved through a best practice 
waste segregation source management 
approach and linking the organisation’s 
waste recycling systems with a leading 
UAE recycling enterprise. While the 
overall Group waste diversion percentage 
dropped from the previous year, this 
was due to a short-term increase in un-
recyclable waste products at one facility. 
Going forward, Lamprell will continue to 
investigate and implement ways to extend 
our waste management processes into 
other sectors and improve the overall 
percentage diverted from landfill.

2014 

2015

85% 

75%

 page 12, the 

As part of  Project Evolution 
yard layout optimisation measures instigated 
at our Sharjah and Hamriyah facilities 
were undertaken to maximise efficiency 
and reduce operational costs. Part of  this 
project incorporated the replacement of  
older diesel compressors with new electric 
models. This capital investment by the 
Company resulted in an annual diesel 
saving of  1,572,060 litres and the reduction 
of  2,330 tonnes of  CO2e emissions which 
were not emitted through the switch to the 
cleaner (electric) energy source.

Corporate social responsibility (“CSR”)

Highlights

Management has implemented a robust 
CSR framework to help achieve the 
strategic objectives of  the Group

Development of  organisational 
sustainability pillars

Formulation of  corporate social 
responsibility key performance indicators

The Group understands that the 
sustainability of  business operations 
is achieved in part through the 
implementation of  a robust Corporate 
Social Responsibility (“CSR”) framework 
and that such a CSR framework is vital 
to the long-term value proposition of  
the Company. In 2015, the Company 
continued to support the Don Bosco 
Snehalaya shelter in Baroda, India through 
an apprenticeship programme that takes 

Rolling monthly total recordable injury rate (TRIR)
December 2014 to December 2015 

KPI

2014 TRIR target 0.55

TRIFR actual
TRIR target

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.28

0.2

0.1

0.0

0.29 0.33 0.32 0.32 0.31

0.27 0.28 0.28 0.31 0.29

0.33 0.31

2015 TRIR target 0.22

TRIR = Total number of  
recordable incidents X 
200,000 number of  hours 
worked by all employees

Dec

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Strategic report: Sustainability report

33

Daman Corporate Health Awards  
Lamprell retained its Daman Corporate 
Health Award for Employee Health and 
Wellness for a second successive year.

underprivileged children and provides 
craft training. Three graduates of  this 
programme will start work with Lamprell in 
early 2016. Lamprell is in the process of  
developing KPIs around an organisational 
CSR framework. Completion and 
integration of  the CSR framework  
is a work in progress for 2016. 

Employee welfare 

Highlights

Lamprell wins major employee health and 
wellness award for second year running

Almost 2,000 employees completed basic 
health screening

90 courses now available at Lamprell 
Assessment and Training Centre

 page 47 include  

Our core values 
integrity and teamwork and 2015 was 
another landmark year for employee 
welfare which continues to be centred  
on these values. In November 2015 
Lamprell received a major regional award 
for the second year in succession, for the 
“Most Improved Corporate Health and 
Wellness Performance” at the Daman 
Corporate Health Awards in Dubai. The 
Group was recognised for executing 
new initiatives such as health awareness 
campaigns on diabetes, breast cancer, 
heat stress, cholesterol management and 
dental and oral hygiene. In addition, almost 
2,000 employees underwent basic health 
screening and were provided with their 
personal follow up health report. 

In March 2015, the Company conducted 
an Employee Engagement Survey which 
provided valuable feedback from over 
1,000 office-based employees, of  whom 
99% expressed their pride in working 

for Lamprell. We are implementing other 
lessons learned from this feedback. 

We also recognise the importance of   
a good work-life balance and encourage 
employees to participate in a variety  
of  internal sports tournaments and  
leisure activities which we organised 
during 2015. They included basketball, 
cricket, football, badminton and bowling 
tournaments as well as our employee  
talent show – “Lamprell’s Got Talent”.  
With the high employee participation  
in our extracurricular activities, the  
Group is continuing with similar activities 
during 2016.

In terms of  staff  training and development, 
the Company had a strong year 
supporting both professional and trade 
development. The Lamprell Assessment 
and Training Centre currently has over 
90 individual courses available covering 
topics as diverse as leadership, English 
language, welding, fabrication, electrical 
and mechanical. Some of  the courses 
have mandatory third party involvement 
including offshore survival, rigging and 
crane operations. Over 400,000 manhours 
of  training and assessment were provided 
by Lamprell’s dedicated training centre  
in the UAE compared to approximately 
250,000 in 2014.

The Board and executive management 
continue to recognise that strong employee 
engagement stems from a focus on 
employee health, wellness and work-life 
balance and this commitment will continue 
in 2016.

Voluntary attrition admin  
and professional 
Target KPI – 10% max

4.66%

Target in 2014: 8% 
Actual in 2014: 13%

KPI

Total manhours 2015  

24,922,987

Manhours in 2014: 26,741,858 

34

Strategic report: Sustainability report

P RO

C

IL I T I ES

E

S

S

E

S

C

A

F

T

E

C

H

N

I

O

LOG Y

E

R

U
T
C
R U

E S

R

N

E

SOU R C

FRA S T
Project Evolution
Yard optimisation 
and improvements 
made throughout 
our facilities 

P E OPL

E

We have invested further in our yards with 
the purchase of  several new fixed and 
telescopic cranes for operations in each of  
our three main facilities servicing multiple 
new concrete fabrication pads. In order to 
reduce costs and speed up the fabrication 
time associated with cutting and preparing 
thousands of  beams and profiles needed 
in our various business lines, we installed 
high technology, 3D robotic beam cutting 
facilities in each of  our Jebel Ali and 
Hamriyah yards. 

We also established an in-house 
scaffolding department in Jebel Ali in 
order to reduce subcontractor costs as 
most of  our projects have a high demand 
for scaffolding. In Sharjah, an additional 
blast and priming wheel abbrator unit 
with dedicated overhead cranage and 
an adjacent material laydown is now in 

operation. We also installed new pipe 
shops, paint sheds, cranes, a warehouse 
and have upgraded our blasting facilities 
with dedicated dust collection systems. 

In our Hamriyah facility, we have installed 
new paint and leg blasting sheds with 
recovery, recycling and dust collection 
systems. Centralised gas systems are up 
and running and our new airline supply 
is being fed by integrated compressor 
stations servicing the yard economically 
which has removed the costly supply 
previously provided by handling of  
thousands of  cylinders. Thanks to our new 
Oracle ERP system 
also have digitised, real time field access 
to commissioning and quality control 
systems, as well as new material handling 
equipment which have helped reduce our 
fabrication costs. A new yard transporter 

 page 22, we now 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Strategic report: Sustainability report 35

was delivered in July and is providing  
more efficient movement for heavy parts 
and prefabricated sections. The power 
supply to our Hamriyah facility will be 
finalised in 2016 and will replace the 
generator power used previously. 

We also completed an underground  
utilities upgrade at both our Hamriyah 
and Sharjah facilities, which has ensured 
savings on utility charges and increased 
productivity, as well as improved safety 
standards in the yards. Our efforts to 
modernise and optimise the layout of   
our yards are benefiting all of  our current 
major projects and will provide a strong 
foundation on which to bid competitively  
for future projects. 

USD million invested in multi-yard utilities upgrade project

20+ million

36 Corporate governance: Board of  Directors

OUR EXPERIENCED BOARD IS
WELL BALANCED 

Nom

Rem

Member of  the Remuneration 
Committee 

Nom

Member of  the Nomination  
& Governance Committee

John Kennedy  
Executive Chairman  
Aged 66

James Moffat  
Chief Executive Officer  
Aged 62

Tony Wright 
Chief Financial Officer 
Aged 44

Appointed: June 2012

Appointed: March 2013

Appointed: August 2015

Aud

Member of  the Audit & Risk 
Committee

Strengths: public company 
boards, international oil & gas 

Indicates  
Committee Chairman

Experience: John Kennedy 
trained originally as an 
engineer who subsequently 
spent much of  his career in 
senior management roles. 
He started his career at 
Schlumberger and then moved 
to Halliburton where he held 
the role of  Executive Vice 
President. He was Executive 
Chairman of  Wellstream 
Holdings PLC from 2003 until 
its acquisition by GE. He is 
an adviser to several oilfield 
service companies. In 1993, 
Mr Kennedy received the Sloan 
Fellowship from the London 
Business School. He is a 
Chartered Engineer and  
Fellow of  the Institution of  
Electrical Engineers.

External appointments:  
Non-Executive Chairman 
of  Maxwell Drummond 
International Limited. 

Strengths: fabrication yard 
operations, international  
oil & gas 

Strengths: financial & 
accounting, Middle East 
operations

Experience: James Moffat 
has over 40 years’ experience 
in the offshore engineering, 
construction and project 
management sectors. From 
1996 and until joining the 
Lamprell Group, Mr Moffat 
was employed with the KBR 
group of  companies, working 
in various roles including 
heading up the Kellogg Joint 
Venture on the Gorgon Project, 
Australia. Mr Moffat worked 
for the McDermott group from 
1977 to 1996 where he latterly 
managed the Batam facility in 
Indonesia. He is a Chartered 
Engineer, has a BSc (Hons) 
in Civil Engineering from 
Edinburgh University and  
is a member of  the Institution 
of  Civil Engineers.

External appointments: None 

Experience: Tony Wright joined 
Lamprell in January 2013 as 
Vice-President, Finance and 
in November 2014 he stepped 
into the role of  Deputy CFO, 
followed by a promotion to 
Chief  Financial Officer in 
August 2015. Tony is a qualified 
Chartered Certified Accountant 
with over 15 years’ experience 
working in the oil & gas 
and construction industries. 
From 2010 Tony worked with 
Leighton Holdings Group 
in Malaysia and the UAE, 
thereafter with the Habtoor 
Leighton Group. Prior to joining 
Leighton, he spent five years 
as Group CFO with Dubai 
based oilfield EPC firm Global 
Process Systems. When in the 
UK, Tony held senior finance 
positions with Input/Output Inc 
and the Expro Group.

External appointments: None 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate governance: Board of  Directors

37

Aud

Nom

Nom

Rem

Aud

Nom

Aud

Nom

Rem

Ellis Armstrong  
Senior Independent Director  
Aged 58

John Malcolm  
Non-Executive Director  
Aged 65

Mel Fitzgerald  
Non-Executive Director  
Aged 65

Debra Valentine  
Non-Executive Director  
Aged 62

Appointed: May 2013

Appointed: May 2013

Appointed: August 2015

Appointed: August 2015

Strengths: financial & 
accounting, international oil  
& gas, risk management

Experience: Ellis Armstrong  
is a senior executive within  
the energy industry with  
broad international experience.  
Mr Armstrong worked for more 
than 30 years with BP, where 
he held a range of  operational 
and leadership roles including 
line operating roles in the 
North Sea and Alaska, VP for 
Latin America and Caribbean, 
Head of  Technology and, most 
recently, CFO (Exploration & 
Production). Mr Armstrong is 
a Chartered Engineer with a 
BSc and a PhD, both in Civil 
Engineering, from Imperial 
College, and a Master’s in 
Business Administration  
from Stanford.

External appointments:  
Non-Executive Director of  
Lloyds Register Group,  
Non-Executive Director  
of  InterOil. 

Strengths: international oil & 
gas, Middle East operations

Experience: After 25 years 
with Shell, John Malcolm 
retired in 2010 to become an 
independent consultant to 
the energy industry. During 
his tenure at Shell, he held 
senior positions including 
as Managing Director for 
Petroleum Development Oman. 
He was recently appointed as 
Managing Director of  Oman 
Oil Company Exploration & 
Production LLC. Mr Malcolm  
is a Chartered Engineer with 
the UK Engineering Council 
and has a PhD in Process 
Control Systems from Heriot 
Watt University, which he 
obtained in 1975.

External appointments: 
Non-Executive Director of  
Partex Oil & Gas (Holdings) 
Corp., Executive Director 
of  Aquamarine Power Ltd., 
Managing Director of  Oman Oil 
Co. Exploration & Production 
LLC, Director of  Bellwood 
Enterprises Ltd. 

Strengths: fabrication yard 
operations, international  
oil & gas

Experience: Mel Fitzgerald 
has over 30 years’ experience 
in the energy industry and 
currently acts as a Director 
to a number of  companies, 
notably in the role of  Chairman 
for Suretank Group Limited. 
Mr Fitzgerald served as 
CEO and Board Director at 
Subsea 7 for eight years until 
2012 and has a Bachelor of  
Engineering from the University 
of  Ireland and a Master’s of  
Business Administration from 
the University of  Kingston. He 
is also a chartered engineer. 
In July 2015 Mr Fitzgerald was 
awarded the Honorary Doctor 
of  Business Administration 
(HonDBA) by Robert Gordon 
University in Aberdeen in 
recognition for his contribution 
to the UK oil & gas industry.

External appointments: 
Chairman for Suretank  
Group Limited

Strengths: risk management, 
legal

Experience: Debra 
Valentine has experience 
in heavy industries, having 
led government relations, 
governance, risk and legal 
functions across global 
jurisdictions. Her current role 
is Group executive, Legal 
& Regulatory Affairs for Rio 
Tinto, where she is on the 
Executive Committee. She has 
expertise in competition and 
anti-trust issues. Ms Valentine 
worked at United Technologies 
Corporation and as a partner 
with the law firm O’Melveny 
& Myers, as well as serving 
as general counsel at the US 
Federal Trade Commission from 
1997 until 2001. Ms Valentine 
has an AB magna cum laude 
from Princeton University and 
a JD from Yale University, and 
is a member of  the District of  
Columbia Bar.

External appointments: None 

38

Corporate governance: Directors’ Report

LEADING WITH  
GOOD GOVERNANCE 

We set a number of  key 
priorities to enhance the 
Company’s governance 
structures and leadership 
by the Board, and we have 
made excellent progress on 
them during the year.

Dear Shareholders, 
Given the importance of  high standards 
of  corporate governance for the effective 
leadership of  any company and in 
particular a publicly listed company, I am 
pleased to report on the excellent progress 
made in delivering on the priorities set 
for 2015. These priorities were chosen as 
a result of  the feedback from the 2014 
evaluation process and, in this way, the 
Board has been able to demonstrate 
accountability for its own performance and 
effective leadership of  the Company. 

Board changes

In line with its stated goals, the Board 
strengthened its independence and 

composition with the appointment of  
Mel Fitzgerald and Debra Valentine as 
independent Non-Executive Directors. 
This was doubly important with the 
unplanned departures from the Board of  
Peter Whitbread and Michael Press, for 
personal reasons. Peter and Michael were 
major contributors in navigating the Group 
through challenging times but Mel and 
Debra are highly experienced individuals 
who will enhance Board performance. 

Leadership succession 

We also focussed on development of  our 
leadership succession plan for the Board 
and management team and there was 
progress in that regard. In August, James 

Moffat, our CEO, announced that he was 
planning to retire in June 2016 and so 
we started the search process to find a 
replacement CEO, which is now well under 
way. In addition, I agreed to take on the 
role of  Executive Chairman until the 2016 
AGM in order to help the transition process 
between James and the new CEO and to 
take on an outward-facing role looking at 
potential partnerships for the Group as it 
looks to implement its refined strategy   

 page 14. 

In addition, following extensive search and 
evaluation processes, we were pleased to 
be able to promote two internal candidates 
to leading management positions. Tony 

The Board committed to hold at least one 
Board meeting at a Group facility and, in 
2015, the February meetings were held 
at the Hamriyah facility in the Northern 
Emirates. This site visit was planned to 
capture both presentations on key subject 
matters but also to allow the Directors 
to interact with other personnel aside 
from senior managers. This included 
presentations at the facility offices made 
during the course of the meetings. Then, 
having changed into full safety coveralls 
and after the necessary safety training 
course, the Directors took the opportunity 
to walk around the yard, meet some of 
the operations personnel and also to 
board the “Greatdrill Chaaru” rig which 
was ready for delivery at that time. 
This represented a prime opportunity 
to demonstrate greater visibility by the 
Directors with the wider workforce.

Site visit
Board meeting  
at the Hamriyah 
facility

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Corporate governance: Directors’ Report 39

Wright moved from Deputy CFO to CFO 
and Executive Director in August and 
Niall O’Connell was promoted to COO in 
October. Tony and Niall have both been 
working in the Group for several years prior 
to their appointments, and so understand 
the business well.

Getting close to the business

An area for improvement identified 
in the 2014 evaluation process was 
communication between the Board and 
wider management. With that in mind, 
the Directors – both existing and new 
– participated in site tours around our 
Hamriyah facility where the Board held 
its February meeting. During the June 
Board meetings, members of  the wider 
management team had one on one 
meetings with the Directors with a view  
to encouraging closer communication  
with Board members. 

Strategy

Lamprell had set out a clear strategy  
 page 14 during its rights issue in 
mid-2014 and has been successful in 
implementing the first phase over the 
 page 12. Given the 
last 18 months 
industry economic downturn, the Board 
wished to verify that the current strategy 
was still appropriate for future growth in 
the business. As such, the management 
team undertook a detailed review of  the 
strategy which was completed in August 
2015, which the Board subsequently 
approved. The outcome of  that review 
process is set out on 
the Board believes, continue to deliver 

 page 14 and will, 

sustainable growth over the longer term to 
its shareholders. 

Governance

The Company is incorporated in the Isle 
of  Man and has a Premium Listing on the 
Official List of  the London Stock Exchange. 
The Board makes considerable efforts  
to ensure that during the relevant period 
the Company applies and complies  
with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
2014 as the pre-eminent set of  global 
standards for corporate governance  
(the “Code”, available at www.frc.org.uk). 
Where the Company does not comply, 
this is explained in this Annual Report and 
Accounts or in this Corporate Governance 
Report specifically. 

In light of  our achievements in 2015, 
Lamprell benefits from an improved 
governance structure that is appropriate 
for the size and complexity of  our 
business, and we continue to move in 
the right direction. Nevertheless, we look 
for new ways to improve governance 
and so, following our Board’s self-
evaluation process for 2015 using an 
external facilitator, we have agreed our 
priorities for 2016 and the outcome 
of  that process is on 

 page 44. 

John Kennedy
Chairman of the Board

The Directors present their report on the 
affairs of  the Company and the Group 
together with the financial statements and 
the auditor’s report for the year ended  
31 December 2015. 

Results and dividends

The financial statements of  the Group  
for the year ended 31 December 2015 are 
 pages 70 to 117. The Group’s 
set out on 
profit from continuing and discontinued 
operations after income tax and exceptional 
items for the year amounted to USD 64.7 
million (2014: USD 118.1 million). The 
Directors do not recommend the payment 
of  any dividend for the financial year ended 
31 December 2015. 

Other information

The following sections of  the Annual Report 
contain all other information relating to and 
forming part of  the Directors’ Report:

Further reading

Pages

Principal risks and uncertainties

Board of  Directors

Corporate Governance Report

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
Report

Directors’ Annual Report  
on Remuneration

Statutory Information and 
Directors’ Statements

16

36

38

54

55

61

68

40

EFFECTIVE LEADERSHIP 
ACROSS THE GROUP 

As a result of  the changes 
among the Directors 
during 2015, the Board 
composition, succession 
and integration have been 
key focus areas. The Board 
is collectively responsible 
for the long-term success 
of  the Company and aims 
to achieve that through 
effective risk management 
and greater transparency.

Board composition
Board composition
2015
2015

57%

43%

Executive

Non-Executive

14%

86%

Female

Male

Board composition 

The Board is comprised of  an Executive 
Chairman, CEO, CFO and four independent 
Non-Executive Directors (“NEDs”). Of  
the current Directors, Messrs Kennedy, 
Moffat, Malcolm and Armstrong served 
as Directors throughout 2015, with Mel 
Fitzgerald and Tony Wright joining the 
Board on 13 August and Debra Valentine 
being appointed as a Director with effect 
from 1 September 2015. The Executive 
Chairman, CEO and CFO are the Executive 
Directors on the Board.

 pages 36 and 37 

There is a strong combination of  industry, 
regional and operational experience 
among the Directors 
enhanced by the diverse professional 
competences of  each Board member. 
However, with the announcement by 
James Moffat of  his planned retirement 
in 2016, the Board prioritised the process 
to identify a suitable replacement as 
CEO. That search has been under way 
for some months and, while a number 
of  candidates have been identified and 
interviewed, the Board is continuing with 
the search as it aims to find a replacement 
with a broad array of  skills, both in 
managing a business but also capable 
of  delivering the longer-term aspects 
of  the Company’s strategy. This search 
process will continue to be the top priority 
for the Board in 2016. In the meantime, 
John Kennedy has agreed to take on the 
role of  Executive Chairman in order to 
help with the transition to the new CEO.

The Board will aim to refresh its 
membership on a regular and phased 
basis in order to bring relevant experience 
and independence to the Board while  
at the same time ensuring continuity  
and stability.

Board composition

Name

Position

Nationality

Tenure on the Board

John Kennedy

James Moffat

Tony Wright

Executive Chairman

Director and CEO

Director and CFO

Ellis Armstrong

Senior Independent Director

John Malcolm

Mel Fitzgerald

Independent NED

Independent NED

Debra Valentine

Independent NED

Tony Wright
Debra Valentine
Mel Fitzgerald

Ellis Armstrong
John Malcolm

James Moffat

John Kennedy

0.5 years 

2.5 years 

3 years 

3.5 years 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate governance: Directors’ ReportBoard and committee functions

The Board
The board has ownership of the global policies

,
s
e
u
l
a
v
,

n
o
i
s
i
v
,
s
r
u
o
i
v
a
h
e
B

s
e
i
c
i
l

o
p

l
a
b
o
g

l

,
t
c
u
d
n
o
C

f
o
e
d
o
C
s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

John 
Kennedy

James 
Moffat

Tony
Wright

Ellis
Armstrong

John 
Malcolm

Mel 
Fitzgerald

Debra
Valentine

Executive

Non-executive

Board committees
Support the board in its work with specific review and oversight

Nomination & 
Governance Committee
Takes primary responsibility 
for succession planning, 
Board/Director selection and 
Board composition

Audit & Risk Committee
Monitors the integrity of the 
Company’s financial 
statements and reviews 
financial and regulatory 
compliance and controls

Remuneration Committee
Agrees remuneration policy 
and sets individual 
compensation levels for 
members of senior 
management

Ad hoc Board committees 
Set up for defined, 
time-specific tasks

Group leadership team
Responsible for implementation of the global policies

Chief Executive
Primarily responsible for running the business with 
the objective of creating shareholder value

Management level committees 
Responsible for the communication and implementation of decisions, administrative matters 
and matters for recommendation to the Board and its Committees

Executive 
Committee

Bid Approval
Committee

Risk Review
Panel

HSES Management
Review

Monthly 
Management Meeting

Chief Financial 
Officer

Business managers
Responsible for leading and 
delivering business streams

Function managers
Departmental head for 
enterprise-wide support services

Business teams
Structured around 
project execution

Function teams
Departmental policy and 
procedures

l
a
c
o
L

41

l
a
b
o
G

l

s
e
r
u
d
e
c
o
r
p
y
r
o
t
a
d
n
a
m

l

a
n
o
i
t
c
d
s
i
r
u

i

j

s
e
r
u
d
e
c
o
r
p
d
n
a
s
e
i
c
i
l

o
p

Corporate governance: Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42

Roles and responsibilities 

The roles and duties of  the Chairman  
and the CEO have been segregated, in line 
with the best practices set out in the Code, 
as agreed by the Board. This will ensure 
that effective governance is maintained 
throughout the temporary period until  
the new CEO has been transitioned into  
the Group. 

The Executive Chairman is responsible 
for providing effective leadership of  the 
Board and the Group as a whole including 
strategy and direction and chairs all Board 
meetings within an effective corporate 
governance framework. In addition, for  
the period until the Chairman reverts to  
a non-executive capacity, he has also  
taken on an outward-facing role looking  
at strategic initiatives for the Group 
as it looks to implement its refined 
strategy. The CEO is responsible for 
the day-to-day running of  the Group’s 
business, including execution of  the 
Group’s business plans and objectives 
and communicating its decisions from/
recommendations to the Board.

The CFO is responsible for the financial 
stewardship, navigation and control 
activities of  the Group as well as the 
investor relations activities. The role of  
the four independent NEDs is critical 
to ensure an effective counter-balance 
on the Board. The NEDs are primarily 
responsible for challenging constructively 
all recommendations presented to the 
Board, based on their broad experience 
and individual expertise. 

The Senior Independent Director acts as 
a sounding board and confidante to the 
Chairman and is available to shareholders 
to answer questions which cannot be 
addressed by the Chairman or the CEO. 
With the departure of  Michael Press on 
13 August 2015, Ellis Armstrong was 
appointed as Senior Independent Director.

The biographical information of  each 
Director as well as the memberships for 
each Board Committee are detailed on   

 pages 36 and 37.

Board meetings and attendance

The Directors met in person on seven 
occasions (five times in Dubai and two in 
Paris) during the course of  2015. However, 
where required and in order to receive an 
interim update on ongoing matters, the 
Directors may convene ad hoc meetings 
at short notice by way of  conference call, 
where required. Meetings in person will 
generally take place over the course of  two 
days and will include meetings of  both the 
Board and the Committees.

The Company Secretary is responsible 
to the Board and provides the Board and 
each of  the individual Directors with advice 
and assistance on governance matters. 
He ensures that all Board materials and 
other information are delivered in a timely 
fashion, at least five days before scheduled 
Board meetings through a secure, online 
software system.

As well as the Directors and the Company 
Secretary, it is common for members of  
the executive committee to attend parts 
of  the Board meetings and to deliver 

Table for Board attendance

Committee member

No. of 
meetings 
attended

No. of 
meetings 
eligible

No. of 
Strategy 
meetings 
attended

No. of 
Strategy 
meetings 
eligible Notes

John Kennedy

James Moffat

Tony Wright

Ellis Armstrong

John Malcolm

Mel Fitzgerald 

Debra Valentine

Michael Press

Peter Whitbread

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

7

8

3

8

8

3

2

3

0

8

8

3

8

8

3

2

5

2

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

Tony Wright joined the Board on 13 August 2015

Mel Fitzgerald joined the Board on 13 August 2015

Debra Valentine joined the Board on 1 September 2015

d
n
e
t
t
A

1

1

y
r
a
D

i

Michael Press left the Board on 13 August 2015

Peter Whitbread left the Board on 12 May 2015

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate governance: Directors’ ReportTable for Board agenda items

Standing

Periodic

Review of  actions from previous meetings 

Full-year/interim financial statements 

Safety update on enterprise-wide statistics 

Group budget, strategy and progress updates

Reports from the CEO and the CFO, including investor feedback

Corporate transactions 

Reports from each of  the principal Board Committees

Risk management

Report on legal and corporate governance matters 

Funding proposals

Business development and prospects

43

Frequency

Every 6 months

Every 3 months

Ad hoc

Every 6 months

Every 12 months

Every 2 to 3 
months

presentations on operational or business 
topics in greater detail. In this way, the 
Board gains an in-depth understanding 
of  business-critical functions and the 
presenting managers are able to interact 
with the Directors and gain experience for 
their own personal development. 

Board topics

There is a formal schedule of  matters 
reserved for the Board and the Board 
retains discretion to approve decisions on 
key subject matters such as the Group’s 
strategy, annual budget and financial 
statements. The Board also reviews other 
relevant matters including standing agenda 
items (see above) and key topics for 
discussion at that relevant time of  year or as 
a result of  current business requirements. 
In all cases, the agenda focuses on topics 
in pursuit of  the Company’s strategic 
objectives underpinned by our core values 

 page 47, rather than administrative 
matters. The Chairman sets the agenda 
for each meeting in consultation with 
the CEO and the Company Secretary. 
At the meeting, the Executive Directors 
give an update on business, operational 
and financial matters, thereby enabling 
the Board to understand progress within 

the business but also anticipate likely 
forthcoming risks 

 page 16. 

During 2015, there were detailed 
presentations from key managers 
including the COO, CCO and VP of  HR 
on matters such as strategy, enterprise 
risk management, business development, 
security and leadership succession 
planning. In addition, from time to time, 
the Board invites external presenters 
to speak to the Directors. This included 
a detailed discussion on the oil & gas 
industry from an economics expert from 
a major UAE bank as well as information 
from the Company’s brokers (JPMorgan 
Cazenove – “JPMC”) and lawyers. The 
Board has been particularly keen to 
keep abreast of  issues in the market 
in light of  the prolonged downturn. 

Between Board meetings, management 
distributes a monthly report to the Board 
providing a summary of  the financial 
performance of  the Group, highlighting 
 page 16. 
developments and key risks 

Principal Board Committees

There are three principal Board 
Committees – the Audit & Risk Committee, 
the Nomination & Governance Committee 

and the Remuneration Committee – and 
much of  the Board oversight of  the 
executive management team is conducted 
by delegation through these Committees. 
Given the time and resources invested 
in the appointment of  the Directors, it is 
important for the Directors to operate in an 
environment of  trust and responsibilities to 
be effective. 

An open and forthright environment  
is also encouraged in meetings of  the  
three Board Committees. 

Meetings structure 

The Board is primarily responsible for the 
leadership of  the Company and wider 
Group; however it is ably supported 
both by the Board Committees and the 
management team which makes use of  a 
number of  management level committees 
 page 41 for details. It is a core 
see 
principle for all that there is an effective 
working relationship between the Directors, 
between the Board and management 
and at the management level. Structurally 
and from a governance perspective, this 
provides a robust framework for achieving 
the Company’s strategic objectives. 

Board independence

Date 

Board composition on relevant date

Reason for change in % 
independence

% independence 
(including C’man)

% independence 
(excluding C’man)

01/01/15

Non-Executive Chairman, CEO, NED and 3 independent NEDs

Start of  year

12/05/15

Non-Executive Chairman, CEO and 3 independent NEDs

Retirement of  P Whitbread

13/08/15

Executive Chairman, CEO, CFO and 3 independent NEDs

Appointments of   
T Wright & M Fitzgerald; 
departure of  M Press

01/09/15

Executive Chairman, CEO, CFO and 4 independent NEDs

Appointment of  D Valentine

31/12/15

Executive Chairman, CEO, CFO and 4 independent NEDs

Year-end

50%

60%

50%

57%

57%

60%

75%

60%

66%

66%

Corporate governance: Directors’ Report44

Accordingly, there are regular discussions 
outside of  scheduled Board meetings, 
particularly between the Chairman and 
the other Directors, with a view to reaching 
a mutual understanding of  views prior to 
wider discussions at meetings. At physical 
Board meetings, the NEDs, without the 
CEO or CFO present, share insights on 
matters of  governance and sensitivity 
for management. The Chairman typically 
attends such meetings, notwithstanding his 
change of  role to Executive Chairman. 

Independence and conflicts

In accordance with the Code, at least half  
of  the Board (excluding the Chairman) 
is comprised of  independent NEDs 
who are free from any business or other 
relationships that could materially interfere 
in the exercise of  their independent 
judgement. At the date of  publication, John 
Malcolm, Ellis Armstrong, Debra Valentine 
and Mel Fitzgerald are all considered by 
the Board to be independent NEDs as 
defined by the Code. 

At the beginning of  each year, the 
Company asks each of  the independent 
NEDs to re-confirm their independence. 
The Chairman of  the Board was 
considered to be independent on his 
original appointment in June 2012. 

Integrity is a core value for the Group.  
Each Director recognises the importance 
of  transparency in trying to avoid any 
actual or potential conflict of  interest  
and will promptly declare such conflict, 
if  one arises. This enables the Board to 
assess the possible impact of  any conflict 
and take appropriate and timely action. 
The following procedures are in place for 
dealing with conflicts:

 » Any new Director is required to provide 
information on any conflicts of  interest 
by means of  a questionnaire prior to 
appointment;

 » Conflicts are declared and addressed 

during Board meetings and noted in the 
minutes; and

 » For conflicts arising between Board 

meetings, these are submitted to the 
Chairman for consideration, prior  
to deliberation at the next meeting.

No new, additional conflicts of  interest  
were noted from the Directors in 2015,  
save as disclosed previously. John 
Kennedy remains as the Non-Executive 
Chairman of  Maxwell Drummond (which 
is one of  the companies who provide 
recruitment services to the Company) 
but the Board has determined that this 
potential conflict has been effectively 
managed as Mr Kennedy is not involved 
in any decision involving the appointment 
of  Maxwell Drummond. All conflict 
management procedures were adhered  
to and operated effectively.

Appointments to the Board

There is a formal, rigorous and 
transparent process for the appointment 
of  new Directors to the Board and this 
is led by the Nomination & Governance 
Committee which then makes any such 
recommendations to the full Board for 
approval. Prior to embarking on a search, 
the Committee on the advice of  the VP 
of  HR will prepare a list of  key criteria for 
any candidates, taking into account the 
Board composition, and will ordinarily 
appoint external search consultants to 
prepare candidate lists and assist with the 
recruitment/evaluation process. 

A key Board priority for 2015 included  
the appointment of  at least one additional 
independent NED, which was achieved 
by the appointment of  Mel Fitzgerald and 
Debra Valentine. They joined the Board 
following an extended recruitment process 
which also included interviews with  
the existing Directors and a number  
of  senior managers.

Once appointed, the two new Directors 
were given full induction into the business 
including visits to the three main facilities in 
the UAE, presentations from key managers 
on business-related topics and a meeting 
with the Chairman and the Company 
Secretary, to discuss governance matters 
including the Listing Rule obligations 
for the Company, Directors’ duties and 
responsibilities, share dealing restrictions 
in accordance with the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules and the Model Code, 
and Board procedural matters. 

All Directors are encouraged to attend 
relevant external seminars and, on an 
ongoing basis, there is training for the 
Directors as a whole by way of  the 
presentations to the Board from guest 
presenters. The individual Directors  
also make efforts to remain current with  
the latest regulatory obligations for UK 
listed companies with the assistance  
of  our brokers and lawyers. Similarly, any 
Director is entitled to take independent 
professional or legal advice on Company 
matters, as and when needed. No Director 
sought independent advice during the 
financial year.

The Audit & Risk Committee also 
benefits from regular briefings from the 
external auditors on any new accounting 
requirements as well as developments in 
the area of  corporate governance.

Board performance evaluation

In last year’s Annual Report, the 
Board committed to making use of  an 
external facilitator to assist with the 
2015 performance evaluation process. 
This process was conducted under 
the stewardship of  the Nomination & 
Governance Committee, which met in 
mid-2015 to plan the evaluation process. 
The Committee considered the Code 
and, although the Company was not a 
constituent of  the FTSE 350, decided 

What were the results from the Board evaluation?

Matter(s) considered

Observation(s)

Board priority(ies)

Strategy and risk management

Recognition that the current market 
downturn will be longer than originally 
expected

Increased oversight of  Group’s KPIs and 
risk management, and in particular cash 
management by Audit & Risk Committee

Ongoing training and 
development of  Directors

Roles and responsibilities

Training can sometimes be reviewed 
as subsidiary to other, more pressing 
Board agenda items

Risk of  overlap between the 
responsibilities for the Chairman  
and CEO

Draw up and commit to a formal 
induction, training and development 
programme for incoming and existing 
Directors

Update the memorandum outlining 
the respective responsibilities of  the 
Chairman and CEO 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate governance: Directors’ Report45

that appointment of  an external facilitator 
was in the best interests of  the Company. 
Accordingly, the Company appointed Value 
Alpha (www.valuealpha.com) to advise 
on and facilitate an externally-managed 
Board evaluation. Value Alpha has no other 
connection with the Group.

The process focussed on review of  
the Board performance and made use 
of  both an online questionnaire (with 
questions asking for quantitative ranking 
and for qualitative feedback to the Board, 
Committees and the Directors) and review 
meetings with each Director. The facilitator, 
on behalf  of  the Board, also sought 
feedback from specific key executives 
that have regular interaction with either 
the Board or the Board Committees. The 
externally-compiled report summarised 
the results of  the evaluation on an 
aggregated and confidential basis and was 
subsequently provided to the Board which 
then discussed the results in open session. 

As a result of  this external process, the 
Board has been able to structure its 
priorities for 2016 around the results   

 page 44. The NEDs, led by the Senior 

Independent Director, evaluated the 
Chairman’s performance and confirmed 
that he is performing effectively. While 
the Company was not required to use 
external facilitators, the Board consider 
that this has strengthened and enhanced 
the performance and transparency of  
discussions and decision-making at the 
Board level.

Annual general meetings 

In May 2015, the Company held its AGM in 
Dubai, United Arab Emirates and all then-
current Directors were present although 
it should be noted that Peter Whitbread 
decided not to stand for re-election for 
personal reasons. We encourage our 
shareholders to attend the AGM as an 
opportunity to engage in a constructive 
dialogue with the Board members. As has 
been the norm, all resolutions were passed 
on a show of  hands; however as a matter 
of  good governance and in accordance 
with the changes to the Code, voting on 
resolutions 7, 9 and 11 (which related 
to the re-election of  the independent 
Non-Executive Directors) was conducted 
by independent shareholders only (i.e. 
excluding the “controlling shareholders”) 

 page 46. 

The Company plans to hold its 2016 
AGM on 15 May 2016 in Dubai and 
full details are set out in the Notice of  
Meeting which accompanies this report 
and is also available on our website. All 
Directors are planning to attend and will 
be available to answer questions from 
shareholders. Each item will be presented 
as a separate resolution. Any shareholder 
unable to attend in person but wishing to 
submit a question for consideration by the 
Directors, is invited to submit questions to 
investorrelations@lamprell.com.

Pursuant to the Company’s Articles of  
Association, the Directors are required 
to submit themselves for re-election by 
shareholders at least every three years but, 

in line with the Code and best practice,  
the Board has decided that all Directors 
will retire and stand for re-election at the 
2016 AGM. 

As also required, the Company makes 
the terms and conditions of  Directors’ 
engagement available for inspection at the 
registered office of  the Company during 
normal business hours and also at the 
Company’s AGM 15 minutes prior to the 
meeting and during the meeting.

Communications with shareholders

As in previous years, Lamprell has 
focussed on effective and open 
communications with its shareholders, 
not least because of  the impact of  the 
declining oil price on the Company’s 
share price. Whilst the Chairman assumes 
overall responsibility for communication of  
shareholder views to the Board, investor 
relations activities are primarily handled 
by the CEO and CFO with the support 
of  a dedicated investor relations team. 
During 2015, nearly 100 investor and 
analyst meetings were held by the investor 
relations team, of  which the CEO or CFO 
attended approximately 65%.

As in previous years, Company 
representatives met with major institutional 
shareholders and market analysts following 
the announcement for our financial results 
and at other key times. In addition, the 
management arranged for an analyst 
site visit in November 2015 pursuant to 
which eight analysts and investors visited 
the Group’s facilities in the UAE, listened 
to presentations from key members of  

Consistent communication with our shareholders
Consistent communication with our shareholders

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

Trading 
update

Preliminary 
results 

Annual 
Report 
published

AGM 
attended by 
all Directors

Trading 
update

Sell-side and 
buy-side 
roadshow

Sell-side  
and 
buy-side
roadshow 

Interim 
results
published

Q&A on 
Board 
changes 

Major 
shareholder 
meeting

Trading 
update 

Regular press releases regarding Company’s business

Regular, ongoing dialogue and phone calls with major shareholders and analysts

Corporate presentations, market announcements including trading updates and contract wins,  
and other Company information on our website at www.lamprell.com

Corporate governance: Directors’ Report 
 
46

management and had an opportunity to 
question the Lamprell team on all aspects 
of  the business (within the boundaries 
of  the listing rules requirements). Based 
on feedback, it was well-received and 
provided greater visibility on the Group’s 
operations, which is of  added value given 
the remote nature of  the business from 
its listing in London. In light of  this, the 
Company will aim to make such visits an 
annual occurrence.

The Chairman and Senior Independent 
Director are available to speak with 
shareholders and did communicate from 
time to time with shareholders on specific 
issues during 2015.

The Company has made use of  the services 
of  JPMC as its corporate broker since its 
listing in 2006 and JPMC has supported 
and advised the Board through a number 
of  challenging corporate transactions 
since 2012. However, the Board decided 
to appoint a second broker with a view to 
accessing a wider shareholder base. Under 
the direction of  the Board, a sub-committee 
comprising the CFO, Company Secretary 
and Investor Relations Officer managed a 
formal tender process for the appointment 
of  the second broker and, following the 
process, the Company appointed Investec 
Bank plc as its joint corporate broker to act 
alongside JPMC. 

The Company also views the AGM as 
an important process for liaising with 
 page 45. In previous 
shareholders 
years, there had been significant minorities 
voting against certain resolutions at the 
relevant AGM. Following these meetings, 
the Company had engaged with investor 
advisory groups to understand the 
concerns and the Board was pleased to 
note that, at the 2015 AGM, all resolutions 
were passed with at least 97% of  the votes 
cast in favour.

Significant shareholders

As at 17 March 2016, being the latest 
practicable date prior to the publication of  
this Annual Report, the significant interests 
in the voting rights of  the Company’s 
issued ordinary shares based on the last 

request for confirmation as to the beneficial 
ownership of  voting rights in the Company 
(at or above 5% beneficial ownership) were 
as follows:

Voting rights 
attaching to issued 
ordinary shares

% of  total 
voting 
rights

113,182,291

33.12

Lamprell  
Holdings Limited

Schroder plc

50,526,439

M&G Investment 
Management Ltd. 

43,419,605

14.79

12.71

MFS Investment 
Management

21,249,185

6.22

By virtue of  the size of  its shareholding in 
the Company, Lamprell Holdings Limited 
and its ultimate owner, Steven Lamprell,  
are “controlling shareholders” for the 
purposes of  the UK’s Listing Rules. 
Accordingly, they were required to enter 
into an agreement with the Company to 
ensure compliance with the independence 
provisions set out in the Listing Rules 
(“Controlling Shareholder Agreement”). 

The Controlling Shareholder Agreement 
regulates the ongoing relationship between 
the Company and these controlling 
shareholders. The Company has complied 
with the independence and all other 
provisions in the Controlling Shareholder 
Agreement. So far as the Company is 
aware, the controlling shareholder has 
also complied with the independence 
and all other provisions in the Controlling 
Shareholder Agreement. The Controlling 
Shareholder Agreement represents a key 
component of  the Company’s corporate 
governance structure. 

Communications with other  
key stakeholders

Lamprell’s core lending group is another 
key stakeholder group for the business 
and the debt facility terms represent 
a fundamental part of  the Group’s 
governance structure as it includes certain 
banking covenants and restrictions.  
The management team provides regular 
updates on key aspects of  the business 

to the lending group and the CFO 
communicates frequently with each of   
the lending banks to address any queries.

Finally, the Board places considerable 
importance on positive and effective 
interaction with the Group’s workforce 
and Lamprell’s internal Corporate 
Communications team coordinates 
campaigns for the management team 
to cascade key messages throughout 
the organisation. In 2015, there were 
campaigns relating to safety and IT 
security matters as well as the launch 
of  the online training for the Company’s 
Business Code of  Conduct. In January  
and July 2015, the CEO presented a series 
of  “town hall meetings” at each of  the 
three main facilities in the UAE, which were 
focussed on the Company’s performance 
and on developments within the business. 
The CEO also presented awards for  
long service and safety achievements  
to employees.

Directors’ remuneration

The Remuneration Committee is primarily 
responsible for determining the Company’s 
remuneration policy, taking into account the 
best practices as well as the advice from 
external consultants on peer companies. 
Details of  the Company’s policy on 
remuneration, the Directors’ remuneration 
for the year ended 31 December 2015  
and their interests in the ordinary shares  
of  the Company can be found in the 
Directors’ Annual Report on Remuneration 

 page 61.

Directors’ and Officers’ insurance cover

Each year, the Board reviews and approves 
the level of  the Directors’ and Officers’ 
liability insurance cover to ensure that it is 
appropriate in light of  the circumstances, 
size and risks within the business. This is 
subject to the usual exclusions such as 
fraud or dishonesty by a Director. 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate governance: Directors’ ReportGUIDED BY  
OUR VALUES

The Board recognises 
that Lamprell is an 
organisation which 
comprises stakeholders 
from a diverse array of  
cultural backgrounds and 
nationalities and so makes 
use of  core values as a 
means to align the corporate 
culture. This ensures a 
common message around 
the key drivers for the 
business and ensures that 
all stakeholders are working 
towards the same goals. 

47

1

Safety
We deliver world-class safety 
performance and leave nothing to 
chance so everyone goes home 
safely.

2

Fiscal responsibility
Because every employee 
influences our costs, we are all 
accountable to ensure that we 
achieve the most cost effective 
solutions.

3

Integrity
We conduct our business honestly, 
with professional integrity, fairness 
and transparency and we are open 
and ethical in our day-to-day dealings 
with all stakeholders.

4

Accountability
We deliver what we say we will.

5

Teamwork
We will strive to work together with 
our stakeholders and believe great 
teams will achieve incredible things.

Corporate governance: Directors’ Report48 Corporate governance: Nomination & Governance Committee Report

NOMINATION & GOVERNANCE 
COMMITTEE REPORT

It has been a busy year 
for the Committee with 
the appointment of  three 
new Directors following 
the departure of  Peter 
Whitbread and Michael 
Press. However the key 2016 
priority for the Committee will 
be the executive search for 
the new CEO.

John Malcolm, Committee Chairman

Committee attendance 

The Committee is comprised of  five 
members, four of  whom are considered to 
be wholly independent, plus the Executive 
Chairman of  the Board. Aside from the 
members, the Company Secretary and the 
Group’s VP of  HR are typically invited to 
attend meetings.

Remit of the Committee 

The Committee has primary responsibility 
for the structure, balance, diversity and 
experience on the Board and Committees, 
and for leading the evaluation of  the 
Board’s performance and effectiveness. 
It also assesses the succession planning 
needs at the senior level. In addition, the 
Committee considers the implications of  
changes in the regulatory framework and 
advises the Board on the same. With the 
increased global concerns around security, 
the Board also delegated responsibility for 
overseeing the Group’s security activities 
to the Committee, which resulted in a major 
review of  the Group’s security policy.

The Committee’s written terms of  reference 
are reviewed annually and are available  
on the Company’s website.

Activities during 2015

The Committee devoted most time and 
resources to two Board priorities, namely 
the appointment of  at least one additional 
independent NED and the need to finalise 
the Group’s long-term succession plan  
for the Board and management, with 
positive results. 

Committee members

John Malcolm (Committee Chairman and 
Non-Executive Director)

John Kennedy (Executive Chairman)

Ellis Armstrong  
(Senior Independent Director)

Mel Fitzgerald (Non-Executive Director)

Debra Valentine (Non-Executive Director)

Meeting attendance

Committee member

John Malcolm  
(Chairman)

John Kennedy

Ellis Armstrong

Mel Fitzgerald

Debra Valentine

No. of 
meetings 
attended

No. of 
meetings 
eligible

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

7

6

7

2

2

7

7

7

2

2

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

Independence on the Board was greatly 
strengthened with the arrival of  Mel 
Fitzgerald and Debra Valentine, both of  
whom became independent NEDs. Both 
individuals are highly experienced in their 
own fields and bring complementary skill 
sets to the Board which were welcomed 
following the departures of  Peter 
Whitbread and Michael Press. 

With these changes, the Committee 
reviewed the composition of  the Board 
Committees as a result of  the increased 
number of  independent NEDs. In October 
2015, the Board (on the recommendation 
of  the Committee) reconstituted each 
Committee with at least three members, 
which reduces the risk of  a lack of  quorum.

Following a review of  benchmark external 
candidates, the Committee was able to 
recommend the promotion of  Tony Wright 
to the role of  CFO and Executive Director 
and of  Niall O’Connell to the position of  
Chief  Operating Officer, which the Board 
approved. This is the first chief  officer 
position for each of  these individuals  
but they are experienced senior 
managers and have had the benefit 
of  working several years within the 
Group. The Committee anticipates that 
Mr Wright and Mr O’Connell have the 
potential to hold these roles for the 
long term, helping to ensure stability 
at the executive management level.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate governance: Nomination & Governance Committee Report

49

With regard to the search for a new CEO, 
the Committee has made use of  Korn Ferry 
and Maxwell Drummond, two executive 
recruitment specialist firms, because of  
their strong profiles in the industry, proven 
assessment processes and broad contact 
networks from which to source candidates. 
Save as disclosed, these companies had 
no other connection with the Company. 

The Committee, and the Board as a whole, 
recognise the significance of  ensuring that 
the candidate has the necessary skill set 
and experience to lead the Group through 
the current tough market environment and 
grow the business in the coming years. 
For this reason, the CEO recruitment 
process was the highest priority for the 
Committee during 2H 2015 and followed 
a defined path including the identification 
of  candidates on long- and short-lists 
followed by interviews with a number of  
leading candidates for the role. As at the 
time of  publication, the replacement CEO 
with the required credentials has not yet 
been identified and so the search process 
is continuing. The Company will make 
further announcements once the candidate 
is identified.

Leadership succession planning 

The Board considers succession planning 
and internal talent management to be 
significant for delivery of  the strategy. 
As part of  the development process, the 

Board implemented formal, documented 
assessment and development programmes 
for Tony Wright and Niall O’Connell as part 
of  their promotion processes. This helped 
the Board to assess their capabilities and 
competencies prior to their appointments 
and also ensures that they will be properly 
developed in the coming years to fulfil 
their more senior roles within the Group. 
The Committee received regular feedback 
from the VP of  HR who administers the 
programme on behalf  of  the Board.

Looking at the broader management 
team, the Committee continued with the 
succession planning exercise initiated in 
2014 to evaluate the leadership team’s 
critical competencies and retention risks. 
The Committee continued to oversee that 
process and received regular feedback 
from management on talent development 
and training needs for the wider team.

The Committee considers that the Company 
has made considerable progress during 
2015 in strengthening effectiveness and 
depth of  the senior management team and 
governance structures at Lamprell.

Diversity policy

Noting the benefits of  diversity, the Board 
implemented a diversity policy which 
included the recruitment of  a minimum  
of  one female Director by the end of  2016. 
During the search process for independent 
NEDs, the Committee identified a number 

of  highly qualified candidates which 
included Debra Valentine who joined  
the Board as a NED with effect from  
1 September 2015. This satisfied the goal 
well in advance of  the proposed deadline 
but, more significantly, provides a broader 
range of  competencies on the Board 
with Ms Valentine’s experience working 
as general counsel for a leading global 
enterprise in the extractive industries   

 page 37.

Within the wider management level, 
there is broader diversity of  ethnicity and 
backgrounds.

Service agreements and letters  
of appointment 

Executive Directors are employed 
under Directors’ Service Contracts with 
termination notice periods of  not more than 
12 months.

Non-Executive Directors are engaged 
pursuant to letters of  appointment which 
do not have fixed terms but they are 
subject to re-election by the Company’s 
shareholders at intervals of  not more 
than three years. All existing Directors 
have been elected or re-elected by the 
shareholders within the last year and new 
Directors will be proposed for election by 
the shareholders at the 2016 AGM. 

Board expertise 

Oil & gas markets
70%

Financial
28%

Middle East
28%

Fabrication  
operations
28%

Public company 
boards
14%

Risk  
management
28%

Legal
14%

Employee gender split 
Management 2015
Employee gender split 
Management 2015

Management 2014
Management 2014

8%

10%

92%

90%

Female

Male

50 Corporate governance: Audit & Risk Committee Report

AUDIT & RISK 
COMMITTEE REPORT

The Committee has been 
working closely with 
management to provide 
the necessary oversight on 
significant judgements and 
on enterprise risks, to ensure 
that the financial statements 
are fair, balanced and 
understandable.

Ellis Armstrong, Committee Chairman

Committee attendance 

Throughout 2015, membership of  the 
Committee was comprised solely of  
independent NEDs. As a “smaller company” 
under the Code, the Committee needs 
to only have two members but the Board 
determined that it was in the best interests 
for the Committee to have three members 
and so the Committee was pleased to 
welcome Mel Fitzgerald in October 2015. 
Ellis Armstrong has relevant financial 
experience for the purposes of  the Code. 
In combination, these points ensured 
the appropriate balance of  financial and 
industry experience to assess the matters 
presented to the Committee. 

Aside from the members, the Company 
Secretary and the Group’s CFO are typically 
invited to attend the meetings. In addition, 
the external and internal auditors are invited 
to meetings at key times during the year. 
On occasion, other Board members and 
managers attend by invitation.

Remit of the Committee 

The Committee has primary responsibility 
for overseeing the integrity of  all of  the 
Company’s announcements relating to its 
financial performance, including its financial 
results 
matters relating to the terms of  appointment 
for, performance and independence of  
the Company’s external auditors. The 
Committee advises the Board on whether 

 page 20, and for considering all 

the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a 
whole, is fair, balanced and understandable.

The Committee also oversees the 
Company’s risk management system   

 page 16 as well as its internal control 
systems, and monitors the effectiveness  
of  such systems particularly against 
potential ethical or fraudulent activities.  
This includes assessment of  the 
whistleblowing hotline activities.

Committee members

Ellis Armstrong  
(Committee Chairman and Senior 
Independent Director)

John Malcolm (Non-Executive Director)

Mel Fitzgerald (Non-Executive Director)

The Committee’s written terms of  reference 
are available on the Company’s website.

Meeting attendance

Committee member

Ellis Armstrong  
(Chairman)

John Malcolm

Mel Fitzgerald

Michael Press

No. of 
meetings 
attended

No. of 
meetings 
eligible

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

6

3

2

3

6

3

2

3

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

1st line of defence

Executive  
Committee

Internal controls 
and annual  
self-assessments

Internal policies 
and training

2nd line of defence

Financial control

Health and safety Technology 

Risk  
management

Environment

Legal

3rd line of defence

Audit & Risk Committee
Monitors the integrity of  the Company’s 
financial statements and reviews financial and 
regulatory compliance and controls

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate governance: Audit & Risk Committee Report

51

Activities during 2015

Significant judgements in 2015

The Committee’s main activities during 2015 
were as follows:

 »

reviewing the year-end/interim financial 
statements for the Company including 
ongoing risks and opportunities 

The Committee considered the significant 
judgements below during 2015. The 
Committee was satisfied that the 
judgements made by management were 
reasonable and that appropriate disclosures 
have been included in the accounts. 

 » considering the financial aspects of  
 page 14 
the Company’s strategy 
including the impact of  the market 
downturn

 » evaluating the external auditor’s 
independence, objectivity and  
their effectiveness

 » overseeing the audit tender process   

 page 52

 » assessing the Group’s enterprise risk 

management systems and how risks are 
identified and mitigated 

 page 16

 »

reviewing the internal audit reports and 
the 2016 audit plan

 » ongoing assessment of  the control 

environment and systems

 » analysis by PricewaterhouseCoopers 
(“PwC”) of  the Group’s IT systems  
and controls

 »

reporting on the whistleblowing 
statistics and reported cases 

External auditor – activities  
and performance

PwC have been the Company’s auditors 
since listing in 2006. During 2015, PwC 
presented to the Committee on various 
matters (including their audit report on the 
2014 financial results) on three occasions. 
PwC also provided the Committee with 
updates on changes to accounting, 
regulatory and corporate governance laws 
and regulations that impact the Company. 

The Company’s Policy on Auditor 
Independence, which is available on the 
Group’s website, is designed to safeguard 
the objectivity of  our external auditors and 
to ensure the independence of  the audit is 
not compromised. This Policy was reviewed 
in detail by the Committee in 2015 and then 
re-issued after Board approval.

Under the policy, all audit-related services 
or non-audit services must receive specific 
pre-approval of  the Audit & Risk Committee 
if  the total annual fee for all such services 
exceeds 50% of  the sum of  the annual fees 

for audit services. Any and all audit-related 
services or non-audit services in excess 
of  this amount must be expressly pre-
approved by the Audit & Risk Committee. 
Further, in respect of  all such other 
services, a tender process is required 
for any project or scope of  work which is 
anticipated to generate fees in excess of  
USD 250,000. Accordingly, the auditor may, 
under certain conditions, be engaged to 
undertake non-audit services provided 
that it does not compromise the integrity of  
their audit work. However, it also sets out 
services that the auditor is prohibited from 
undertaking under any circumstances and 
there was no breach of  the policy.

In 2015, PwC provided non-audit services 
with a total value of  USD 101,014 (2014: 
USD 872,000) against an annual audit 
fee including Group audit fees with a 
total value of  USD 568,061 (2014: USD 
663,000). This represents a significant 
improvement in the balance between audit 
and non-audit services over previous 
years and has occurred as a result of  the 
drive by the Committee and management 
to reduce the non-audit services being 
performed by PwC.

The majority of  the non-audit services 
performed by PwC related to use of  PwC 
for in-country tax compliance services. 

Significant judgements in 2015

Significant judgements considered by the Committee

Views/actions of the Committee with respect to significant judgements

Impact of  the disposal of  the non-core service businesses on the financial 
statements

Review of  provisions

Revenue recognition and estimated cost to complete on major projects

Segmental reporting

The Group completed the disposal of  one non-core service business in  
1H 2015. The Committee received summaries of  the accounting areas such 
as the valuation of  intangible assets, any gains or losses on disposal and 
any subsequent fair value adjustments made.

At each meeting, the Committee evaluated management’s report on 
material provisions taken in respect of  matters including doubtful debts, 
contract accruals, project risks and warranty issues. The adequacy 
and appropriateness of  these provisions and disclosures required were 
discussed and challenged.

The Committee reviewed the reasonableness of  judgements made 
regarding the cost to complete estimate, recognition of  variation orders  
and adequacy of  contingency provisions to mitigate contract specific 
risks. This was discussed with management and audited by internal audit 
to ensure the operating effectiveness of  internal controls. The Committee 
satisfied itself  that the Company’s financial statements had been prepared 
on the basis of  the accounting policy and noted that the external auditors 
had audited the methodology on that basis.

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal 
reporting provided to the chief  operating decision-maker at the reporting 
date, namely the Executive Directors. With effect from 1 January 2015 the 
business was reorganised into business units on the basis of  services 
rendered. Segment comparatives are restated to reflect the organisational 
changes on the basis of  the geographic location from where the services 
are rendered. The Committee reviewed the appropriateness of  this segment 
reporting and were satisfied that this is consistent with the reporting 
structure for the Group.

52 Corporate governance: Audit & Risk Committee Report

External audit tender process for 2016
External audit tender process

1. Audit & Risk Committee (ARC) 
directs management to prepare 
RFQ for external audit tender to five 
audit firms

2. Initial review of 
written submissions 
by management 
and ARC

3. Shortlist of four 
audit firms 
presented to ARC

4. ARC makes 
recommendation 
to Board

5. Board decides 
on appointment of 
Deloitte LLP as 
external auditors

Performance and effectiveness of the 
external auditor

Under the Committee’s terms of  reference, 
it assesses the auditor’s independence, 
performance and effectiveness at least on 
an annual basis, placing reliance on self-
assessment by PwC of  its performance, 
on feedback from certain senior managers 
that work closely alongside the auditors 
including the CFO and the Company 
Secretary, and on its own evaluation of  
PwC’s services based on the results of  its 
audit work and the challenges presented to 
the views of  the management team.

Given these incremental benefits of  
PwC’s involvement and the oversight 
by the Board, the Committee considers 
that the objectivity and independence of  
the external auditor were safeguarded 
throughout the financial year. The 
Committee also determined that PwC  
was effective in providing its services  
to the Group.

Auditor tender process for 2015

The Code provides that a listed company 
should put its external audit contract out 
to public tender at least every ten years. 
As noted in the Company’s 2014 Annual 
Report, the Committee decided that it was 
appropriate and timely to re-tender for the 
external audit services during 2015. 

The Committee led the audit tender 
process with the assistance of  the CFO 
and the Company Secretary. Five audit 
firms – PwC as incumbent, Ernst & Young, 
Grant Thornton, Deloitte and KPMG – 
were invited to submit written proposals 
to act as the Company’s external auditor, 
followed by an initial assessment of  the 
quality and detail of  these proposals. 
A shortlist of  four audit firms was then 
asked to make a detailed presentation to 
the Committee and to answer questions 
about their proposals. The Committee then 
assessed the presentations and credentials 
for the shortlisted firms and made a 

recommendation for the appointment of  
Deloitte LLP as the external auditor for the 
Company, which the Board approved.

Deloitte LLP has expressed its willingness 
to be appointed and act as external auditor 
and a resolution to appoint Deloitte LLP will 
be proposed at the forthcoming 2016 AGM 
for their services in respect of  the 2016 
financial year.

Interaction with internal auditors

The Company has a well-established and 
embedded internal audit (IA) function and 
the Head of  IA presents to the Committee 
at least on a bi-annual basis, providing 
updates and analysis for the internal audits, 
and submitting a proposal for the internal 
audits for the subsequent year. 

Aside from leading the annual control  
self-assessment exercises that have  
been completed during the year, the  
IA function conducted the following audits 
during 2015:

 » Analysis of  implementation of   

Project Evolution 

 » Payroll Management

 » Accounts Receivable Management

 » Surprise Cash Count

 » Service level agreement with key 

service providers

 » Procurement and Supply Chain 

Management

 » Equipment Hire Process

 » Project Management – New Builds

 » Project Management –  

Offshore/Onshore

There has been close interaction between 
the IA and Group risk functions in order to 
formulate the 2016 planned internal audits 
and necessary amendments to the IA plan 
may be made during the year, subject to 

the Committee’s approval, in instances 
where the level of  risk increases, or 
decreases significantly, or circumstances 
within the Group change. 

As a matter of  best practice the Committee 
meets with the internal auditor without 
executives present to discuss any sensitive 
matters or concerns. Equally and much in 
the same way as with the external auditors, 
the Committee reviews the performance 
and effectiveness of  the IA function and 
remains satisfied of  the effectiveness of  
the IA function.

Enterprise risk management

Each of  the Directors acknowledges  
and accepts that the Board as a whole  
take responsibility for risk management 

 page 16, in line with the Code 

requirements. The Board has delegated 
the administration and monitoring of  the 
effectiveness of  the Group’s internal 
control and risk management systems 
to the Committee. However, the day-to-
day responsibility for developing and 
implementing the internal control and risk 
management procedures resides with 
the executive management team which 
then reports on risk to the Committee. 
In 2015, management presented twice 
to the Committee, once in May and then 
again in December. The purpose of  such 
presentations was to ensure that the 
Committee, and therefore the Board, has 
appropriate oversight of  enterprise risks 
and their potential impact on the business, 
with a particular focus on the risks that are 
specific to the Group. A key emerging risk 
that received particular attention from the 
Committee was the heightened security 
threats from terrorism.

This two way disclosure and monitoring 
system for enterprise risks facing the 
Group provides the Directors with 
reasonable (but not absolute) assurance 
against material misstatements and losses. 
The structure of  the risk management 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate governance: Audit & Risk Committee Report

53

Managing risk appropriately during 2015 

At the Board level:

At the executive management level:

At the project/operational level:

Audit & Risk Committee conducts an annual 
review of  the effectiveness of  the systems of  
financial, operational and compliance controls 
and risk management systems 

The Board regularly receives comprehensive 
written reports from the CEO and the CFO on the 
strategic and financial risks within the business 
respectively

Presentation by management to the Audit & 
Risk Committee on the status of  the Group’s risk 
management systems 

Meetings of  the Risk Review Panel every other 
month – forum for management oversight of  
project and department risks 

Project managers are directly responsible 
for identification and ensuring that risks are 
captured in the risk database

Business unit/department heads are responsible 
for the identification, evaluation and mitigation of  
risks within their businesses/departments

As project risk owners, project managers 
implement the risk mitigation plans within their 
respective projects

The Group Risk Manager supports management 
on all risk management activities

Project managers report on project risks a 
monthly basis to the Group Risk Manager

Bi-annual report identifying the major, current 
risks and opportunities within the business is 
submitted by senior management to the Audit  
& Risk Committee

Creation of  an online, interactive risk database 
which is used to capture all project and 
department risks and provide reports on risk 
trends and severity/likelihood of  risk

Internal Audit ensures application and 
consistency of  Group’s risk policies and 
procedures by undertaking internal audits

mechanisms as well as the results of  this 
system can be seen in the information 
relating to the principal risks and 
uncertainties faced by the Group, together 
 pages 16 to 19. 
with the mitigating factors 

Risk management is being embedded 
into the daily working life of  Lamprell 
employees and how they complete 
projects, aside from the enterprise risk 
management being overseen by the 
Committee. This is being done with a 
view to identifying potential hazards and 
risks on a project at an early stage and 
taking mitigating actions accordingly. 
Risk is assessed formally at the business 
unit level through risk workshops and 
via the maintenance of  project and 
department risk registers. In addition, 
a more comprehensive and rigorous 
bid authorisation model is being used 
by management bidding committees to 
evaluate proposals and cost breakdowns 
when bidding for new work.

Internal controls framework

The Company has a system of  internal 
controls based around the following key 
features:

 » a strategy defined and overseen by  

the Board

 » financial planning including annual 

budgets, quarterly reviews and three 
year forecasting

 » oversight and approval of  projects 

and/or contract awards either through 
executive management or the Board 

 »

implementation and use of  an 
integrated ERP system, linking the 
various business functions

 » policies and procedures which  
define the Group’s standards of  
business including a schedule of  
matters reserved for the Board,  
a clear organisation structure and  
a delegation of  authority matrix 

 »

the Company’s Business Code of  
Conduct framed according to the 
Group’s core values

There are also various policies and 
procedures which embed regulatory 
requirements into the daily operations of  
the Group such as the anti-bribery and 
corruption policy, the share dealing code, 
the insider dealing and market abuse 
policy and the whistleblowing policy.

There is a multi-lingual, secure 
whistleblowing hotline which was set up 
to allow staff  members to report ethical 
breaches, irregularities or simply concerns 
on a confidential basis without any fear of  
recrimination. They are all key elements 
of  an internal control system which is 
designed to assist in the achievement 
of  the Group’s business objectives. The 
Group also launched an e-learning module 
on the Company’s Business Code of  
Conduct in 2015 which was compulsory 
for administration staff  and to date over 
97% of  such employees have completed 
the training. This is available in five 
languages, namely English, Arabic, Hindi, 
Malayalam and Tagalog, to help ensure 
greater completion. This training module 
is expected to be rolled out to the yard 
workforce, which does not typically have 
access to computers, in due course.

The Committee undertakes an annual 
review of  the effectiveness of  the systems 
of  internal control including financial, 
operational and compliance controls 
and risk management systems. This is 
performed in collaboration with both 
the internal and external auditors and, 
where weaknesses have been identified, 
the management team was tasked with 
implementing further safeguards which 
will then be re-tested by the audit teams. 
The Committee reports on its monitoring 
and observations to the Board at least 
annually. The Directors are satisfied that, as 
a result of  the systems and the oversight 
functions, the internal control environment 
is operating effectively.

54 Corporate governance: Directors’ Remuneration Report

DIRECTORS’  
REMUNERATION REPORT

The Committee has had 
to respond to challenging 
market conditions as well as 
changes within Lamprell and 
has successfully achieved a 
number of  key milestones, 
notably in its succession 
planning at the senior 
management level.

Dear Shareholders, 
On behalf  of  the Board, I am pleased  
to introduce the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report for the year ended 31 December 
2015.

Performance and reward in 2015

Despite difficult market conditions 
throughout 2015, the Company successfully 
delivered net profit in line with the 
performance target but fell short of  the 
threshold target on new business awards. 
Along with performance against personal 
 page 65 
goals (which are detailed on 
of  this report) and the impact of  the non-
operational fatality in the Group’s Kurdistan 
operations 
key factors driving the Company’s bonus 
payment of  44.6% of  annual base salary  
to the CEO.

 page 31, these were the 

The Company announced on 14 August 
2015 that Mr Moffat would retire from his 
role as CEO effective 30 June 2016. The 
search for a new CEO is ongoing. Also on 
14 August 2015, the Company announced 
that John Kennedy had agreed to take up  
the role of  Executive Chairman until the  
next AGM and Tony Wright had been 
promoted to the position of  Chief  Financial 
Officer whereupon he also became an 
Executive Director of  the Board. Details  
of  Mr Kennedy’s and Mr Wright’s 
remuneration are detailed later in this 
report. Mr Kennedy’s appointment and 

remuneration as Executive Chairman 
are very much focused around enabling 
the Company to drive shareholder value 
primarily through key strategic initiatives. 

to secure a replacement CEO of  the 
calibre required to move the Company 
to the next level of  its development 
and, in turn, drive shareholder value.

Long-term incentive awards were granted 
in April 2015, in accordance with the rules 
of  the performance share plan, details of  
which are given on 
no long-term incentive awards vesting  
in 2015.

 page 57. There were 

The Committee is satisfied that the revised 
Remuneration Policy will ensure that we 
can continue to recruit and retain the right 
calibre of  senior management to maximise 
shareholder value and deliver sustainable 
growth over the longer term.

Remuneration policy for 2016

 pages 55 to 60. We believe that  

The proposed Remuneration Policy  
to take effect from the 2016 AGM is set  
out on 
our Remuneration Policy must adapt  
to the challenging market conditions  
and continue to attract and reward 
executive management for delivering  
strong performance. As such, the policy 
contains two proposed revisions that  
will be submitted for approval at the  
2016 AGM, specifically in relation to the 
long-term incentive plans. These are 
highlighted in the introduction to the 
 page 56. As a result, the 
policy on 
Board is recommending two resolutions 
to be submitted for approval by the 
shareholders at the AGM on 15 May 2016, 
one to approve the revised Remuneration 
Policy and the second to approve the 
changes to the long-term incentive 
policy. The Committee considers that the 
revisions to the policy may be necessary 

We shall be seeking your support for 
each part of  this report at the forthcoming 
AGM on 15 May 2016. On behalf  of  the 
Committee, I recommend this Remuneration 
Report to you and I hope that you will find it 
clear, concise and understandable.

John Malcolm
Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee

22 March 2016

Committee members

John Malcolm (Committee Chairman and  
Non-Executive Director)

Ellis Armstrong  
(Senior Independent Director)

Debra Valentine (Non-Executive Director) 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Remuneration Policy 

This part of  the report sets out the 
remuneration policy for the Company and 
has been prepared in accordance with 
the Large and Medium-sized Companies 
and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
(Amendment) Regulations 2013. The 
Remuneration Policy for the Company has 
been developed taking into account the 
principles of  the Code and the views of   
our major shareholders and describes  
the policy to be applied from 2016 
onwards. The Policy Report will be put  
to a binding shareholder vote at the 2016 
AGM and the policy will take formal effect 
from 15 May 2016.

Policy overview

The Committee is responsible, on behalf  
of  the Board, for establishing appropriate 
remuneration arrangements for the 
Executive Directors and other senior 
management in the Group.

Our remuneration policy aims to drive 
continuous improvements in business 
performance and maximise shareholder 
value by offering remuneration packages 
that are appropriately balanced and are 
designed to enable the recruitment, retention 
and motivation of  talented Executive 
Directors and senior management. 

In setting the remuneration policy, the 
Committee considers the remuneration 
policy and levels of  remuneration for the 
wider employee population, compensation 
policies and practices in the UAE and also 
in the wider market. The Committee will 
ensure that the arrangements are in the 
best interests of  both the Group and its 
shareholders, by taking into account the 
following general principles:

Corporate governance: Directors’ Remuneration Report

55

 » To attract, retain and motivate the  

Consideration of shareholder views 

The Company is committed to maintaining 
good communications with investors 
and in particular around compensation 
matters. The Committee also considers 
the AGM to be an opportunity to meet and 
communicate with investors and consider 
shareholder feedback received as a result 
of  the AGM each year and guidance from 
shareholder representative bodies more 
generally. This feedback, together with any 
additional feedback received from time 
to time, is then considered as part of  the 
Company’s annual review of  remuneration 
policy. The Committee will also seek to 
engage directly with major shareholders 
and their representative bodies should any 
material changes be made to the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy. Details of  the votes 
cast for and against the resolution to 
approve last year’s Directors’ Remuneration 
Report are set out in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration. 

best talent without paying more than  
is necessary.

 » To ensure total remuneration packages 

are simple and fair in design and valued 
by participants. 

 » To ensure that the fixed element of  

remuneration is determined broadly  
in line with market rates, taking 
account of  individual performance, 
responsibilities and experience; and 
that a significant proportion of  the 
total remuneration package is linked to 
performance-related incentives. 

 » To balance performance pay 
between the achievement of  
financial performance objectives and 
delivering sustainable stock market 
outperformance; creating a clear line of  
sight between performance and reward 
and providing a focus on sustained 
improvements in profitability and returns. 

 » To calibrate carefully all performance 
metrics and associated sliding scale 
ranges to ensure that performance 
is incrementally rewarded through 
stretching targets and that executives 
are not inadvertently incentivised to take 
inappropriate business risks.

 » To maintain the highest possible health 
and safety standards where any fatality 
that takes place in a facility operated by 
the Company or any of  its subsidiaries 
may result in discretionary withdrawal or 
reduction of  incentive eligibility.

 » To provide a significant proportion 

of  performance linked pay in shares 
allowing senior management to build 
significant shareholding in the business 
and therefore aligning management  
with shareholders’ interests and the 
Group’s performance. 

 » To maintain appropriate governance and 
risk management through the application 
of  holding periods and clawback 
provisions on incentive plan awards.

56 Corporate governance: Directors’ Remuneration Report

Summary of the Directors’ remuneration policy

For ease of  reference, set out below are the proposed changes to the policy for 2016 onwards. These relate only to the Long-Term Incentive 
Plan component.

Component

Previous policy

Proposed policy from 2016 onwards

Normal maximum 
opportunity

100% of  base salary for all 
Executive Directors

120% for CEO

100% for other Executive Directors

Exceptional 
maximum 
opportunity

100% of  base salary

150% only in exceptional circumstances

The following table sets out the key aspects of  the Directors’ remuneration policy1.

Element of pay

Purpose and link to strategy Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance framework

Base salary

To attract, retain and 
motivate talented 
individuals who are critical 
to the Group’s success

Reviewed annually by 
the Committee or, if  
appropriate, in the event of  
a change in an individual’s 
position or responsibilities

Annual bonus 

To reward the achievement 
of  the Group’s annual 
financial and non-financial 
objectives linked to the 
delivery of  the Group’s 
strategic plan 

Base salary levels set by 
reference to competitive 
market rates, taking 
into account level of  
responsibility, individual 
performance, skills 
and experience, Group 
performance and the  
pay and conditions in  
the workforce

Normally payable in cash

Performance targets are 
approved annually by the 
Committee 

The Committee has 
discretion to override  
the formulaic outturn of  the 
bonus and determine the 
appropriate level of  bonus 
payable if  it believes 
exceptional circumstances 
warrant it or, if  it is 
deemed necessary based 
on safety, environmental, 
social and governance 
issues

Clawback provisions apply 
for overpayments due to 
misstatement or error and 
other circumstances

There is no prescribed 
minimum or maximum 
annual increase. The 
Committee is guided by 
market position and the 
average increase for the 
workforce generally but on 
occasions may recognise 
an increase in certain 
circumstances, such 
as assumed additional 
responsibility, or an 
increase in the scale or 
scope of  the role

Maximum opportunity of  
100% for all Executive 
Directors 

Company performance 
appraisal process

At least two thirds of  
the annual bonus will 
be based on Group 
financial performance 
or other key business 
metrics with the remainder 
dependent on the 
achievement of  individual 
performance objectives 
to provide a rounded 
assessment of  the Group 
and management’s 
performance

The financial metrics 
incorporate an appropriate 
sliding scale around a 
challenging target

1.  A description of  how the Company intends to implement the above policy is set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration 

 page 61.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate governance: Directors’ Remuneration Report

57

Element of pay

Purpose and link to strategy Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance framework

Long-Term 
Incentive Plan 
(LTIP)

To balance performance 
pay between the 
achievement of  strong 
financial performance 
and delivering sustainable 
stock market out-
performance

To encourage share 
ownership and alignment 
with shareholder interests

End of  service 
gratuity

To offer executives a 
retirement benefit as 
required under UAE 
Labour Law

Benefits and 
allowances

To offer a market-
competitive level of  
benefits to ensure the 
Executive Directors’ 
well-being and provide 
additional allowances 
in line with local market 
practice 

Normal maximum 
opportunity of  120% 
of  base salary for the 
CEO and 100% of  base 
salary for other Executive 
Directors 

Exceptional maximum 
opportunity of  150% of  
base salary

Performance is assessed 
against challenging 
independent financial 
metrics that may include 
relative or absolute 
total shareholder return 
(“TSR”), cumulative 
EBITDA, end of  period 
backlog and other equally 
challenging metrics 

On each element,  
between 0 and 20% 
of  an award will vest 
for achieving threshold 
performance, increasing 
and vesting pro rata at 
a further target with full 
vesting for achievement 
of  maximum stretch 
performance targets

Company contributions 
are limited to two years’ 
base salary by UAE 
Labour Law 

None

Actual value of  benefits 
provided

None

Annual awards of  
conditional shares or nil 
(or nominal cost) options 
(or possibly cash) with 
vesting dependent on 
the achievement of  
performance conditions 
over a three-year period

An additional mandatory 
holding period of  two 
years will apply to all 
vested awards granted 
from 2016 onwards (net 
of  tax)

Performance targets and 
metrics are approved 
annually by the Committee

The Committee has 
discretion to scale back 
(potentially to zero) the 
vesting of  any awards if  it 
believes the results are not 
an accurate reflection of  
the Company’s underlying 
performance

Clawback provisions apply 
for overpayments due to 
misstatement or error and 
other circumstances 

Dividends that accrue 
during the vesting period 
may be paid in cash or 
shares at the time of  
vesting, to the extent that 
shares vest

The Company has no 
Group-wide pension 
scheme

A lump sum cash payment 
is awarded following end 
of  service, based on the 
length of  service and final 
base salary in accordance 
with UAE Labour Law

Current benefits include  
a housing allowance, 
private medical/life 
insurance, use of  a 
company car and driver, 
fuel card, annual leave air 
fares, club membership 
and utility expenses

58 Corporate governance: Directors’ Remuneration Report

Element of pay

Purpose and link to strategy Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance framework

Share ownership 
guidelines 

To further strengthen 
the long-term alignment 
between executives and 
shareholders 

Non-Executive 
Directors’ (“NEDs”) 
fees

Set to attract, retain 
and motivate talented 
individuals through the 
provision of  market 
competitive fees

Executive Directors are 
required to retain the net 
proceeds of  vested share 
awards which vest under 
the Group’s discretionary 
share plans

Reviewed periodically by 
the Executive Directors 
and Chairman (except 
for his own fee) or, if  
appropriate, in the 
event of  a change in an 
individual’s position or 
responsibilities

Fee levels set by 
reference to market rates, 
taking into account the 
individual’s experience, 
responsibility, time and 
travel commitments 

None

Expected to achieve 150% 
of  base salary for the CEO 
and 125% of  base salary 
for the other Executive 
Directors within five years

Board Evaluation Process

As for the Executive 
Directors there is no 
prescribed minimum or 
maximum annual increase. 
The Executive Directors 
and Chairman are guided 
by market position but on 
occasions may recognise 
an increase in certain 
circumstances such 
as assumed additional 
responsibility or an 
increase in the scale or 
scope of  the role 

Performance metric selection

The annual bonus is predominantly based 
on key financial performance indicators,  
to reflect how successful the Group has 
been in managing its operations. The 
balance is determined on performance 
against individually determined strategic 
objectives and annual operational targets, 
including HSE.

The LTIP performance measures reward 
significant long-term returns to shareholders 
and long-term financial growth. Targets 
take account of  internal strategic planning 
and external market expectations for the 
Company and are set appropriate to the 
economic outlook and risk factors prevailing 
at the time, ensuring that such targets 
remain challenging in the circumstances, 
whilst remaining realistic enough to 
motivate and incentivise management. 
Only modest rewards are available for 
achieving threshold performance with 
maximum rewards requiring substantial 
outperformance of  challenging strategic 
plans approved at the start of  each year. 

Discretion

The Committee will operate the incentive 
plans in accordance with their respective 
rules, the UK Listing Rules and the HMRC 
rules where relevant. The Committee, 
consistent with market practice, retains 
discretion over a number of  areas relating to 
the operation and administration of  certain 

plan rules. These include (but are not limited 
to) the following: 

 » Who participates; 

 » The timing of  the grant of  award and/or 

payment;

For the avoidance of  doubt, in approving 
this Directors’ Remuneration Policy, authority 
is given to the Company to honour any 
commitments entered into with current or 
former directors (such as, the vesting or 
exercise of  past share awards).

 » The size of  an award (up to plan/policy 

limits) and/or a payment;

Relative to pay and employment  
conditions in the Group 

 » The result indicated by the relative  
TSR performance condition may be 
scaled back (potentially to zero) in the 
event that the Committee considers 
that financial performance has been 
unsatisfactory and/or the outcome has 
been distorted due to the TSR for the 
Company or any comparator company 
being considered abnormal;

 » Discretion relating to the measurement 

of  performance in the event of  a change 
of  control or reconstruction;

 » Determination of  a good leaver (in 

addition to any specified categories) 
for incentive plan purposes and the 
treatment of  leavers;

 » Adjustments required in certain 

circumstances (e.g. rights issues, 
corporate restructuring and special 
dividends); and

 » The ability to adjust existing performance 
conditions for exceptional events so that 
they can still fulfil their original purpose.

The Committee takes account of  
remuneration levels offered to the senior 
management team in the Group as well as 
the awards affecting the wider employee 
population. When considering the Executive 
Directors’ remuneration structure and levels, 
the Committee reviews base salary and 
incentive arrangements for the management 
team, to ensure that there is a coherent 
approach across the Group. Employees 
may be eligible to participate in an annual 
bonus arrangement and receive awards 
under the LTIP, Executive Share Option Plan 
(“ESOP”), Retention Share Plan (“RSP”) or 
Free Share Plan (“FSP”). Opportunities and 
performance metrics may vary by workforce 
level with specific business metrics 
incorporated where possible. 

While the Company sees communication 
among its employees as a key priority it 
does not formally consult with employees 
in respect of  the design of  the executive 
remuneration policy, although the 
Committee will keep this under review. 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate governance: Directors’ Remuneration Report

59

Remuneration scenarios for the  
Executive Directors 

The charts below show an estimate of  the 
potential range of  remuneration payable for 
the Executive Directors in 2016 at different 
levels of  performance. The charts highlight 
that the performance-related elements 
of  the package comprise a significant 
portion of  the Executive Directors’ total 
remuneration at maximum performance.

Executive Chairman1
Total remuneration USD’000

Maximum

50%

50%

USD 1,440

On-target

55%

45%

USD 1,318

Minimum

100%

USD 720

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

Chief Executive Officer
Total remuneration USD’000

Maximum

40%

30%

30%

USD 2,475

On-target

52%

32%

16%

USD 1,872

Minimum

100%

USD 969

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

3,000

3,500

Chief Financial Officer
Total remuneration USD’000

Maximum

50%

25%

25%

USD 1,390

On-target

62% 25%

13%

USD 1,111

Minimum

100%

USD 694

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

Total fixed pay

Annual bonus

Long-Term Incentive Plan 

Assumptions:
1.  The Executive Chairman’s remuneration is expressed 
on an annualised basis for ease of  presentation and 
will be pro-rated according to his contract.
2.  Base salary levels applying on 1 January 2016.
3.  Benefits are estimated, based on the annualised 
value for the year ended 31 December 2015.
4.  For the purpose of  the above charts, the end of  

service gratuity accrual is excluded.

5.  Minimum performance assumes no award is earned 
under the annual bonus plan and no vesting is 
achieved under the LTIP; at on-target, typically 80% 
of  the maximum is earned under annual bonus plan 
and typically 40% vesting is achieved under the LTIP; 
and at maximum full vesting under both plans. 
6.  As per the legislation, share price movement  

and dividend accrual have been excluded from the 
above analysis.

Directors’ recruitment and promotions 

The Committee takes into account the need 
to attract, retain and motivate Executive 
Directors and senior managers of  the 
highest calibre, while at the same time 
ensuring a close alignment between the 
interests of  shareholders and management.

If  a new Executive Director was to be 
appointed, the Committee would seek 
to align the remuneration package with 
the remuneration policy approved by 
shareholders, including discretion to award 
an annual bonus up to 100% of  base salary 
and an LTIP award up to 120% for the CEO 
and 100% for other Executive Directors, with 
discretion, in exceptional circumstances, 
to grant an award of  up to 150% of  base 
salary. Flexibility would be retained to 
set base salaries at the level necessary 
to facilitate the hiring of  candidates of  
appropriate calibre in external markets and 
to make awards or payments in respect of  
deferred remuneration forfeited on leaving a 
previous employer. In terms of  remuneration 
to compensate forfeited awards, the 
Committee would look to replicate the 
arrangements being forfeited as closely 
as possible and, in doing so, would take 
account of  relevant factors including the 
nature of  the remuneration, performance 
conditions and the time over which they 
would have vested or been paid. 

In exceptional circumstances and only 
on recruitment (e.g. to buyout the value 
of  awards forfeited) the Committee may 
also award share options of  up to 150% 
of  base salary under the ESOP. Options 
will vest dependent on the achievement 
of  agreed performance and/or retention 
conditions over a three-year period and will 
be exercisable up to the 10th anniversary 
of  the date of  grant. Dividends that accrue 
during the vesting period may be paid in 
cash or shares at the time of  vesting, to the 
extent that the options become exercisable.

For an internal appointment, any incentive 
amount awarded in respect of  a prior role 
may be allowed to vest on its original terms, 
or adjusted as relevant to take into account 
the appointment. Any other ongoing 
remuneration obligations existing prior to 
appointment may continue.

The Committee may also agree that the 
Company will meet certain relocation and 
incidental expenses as appropriate.

For the appointment of  a new Non-Executive 
Chairman or NED, the fee arrangement 
would be set in accordance with the 
approved remuneration policy at that time. 

Directors’ service agreements and 
payments for loss of office 

The Committee reviews the contractual 
terms of  the service agreements to ensure 
these reflect best practice. 

The Group’s policy is that Executive 
Directors should be employed on a rolling 
term, with a notice period not exceeding 12 
months and in the event of  early termination, 
the Company will not make any payments 
beyond its contractual obligations. 

The Executive Directors’ service 
agreements are terminable on up to 
12 months’ notice. In circumstances of  
termination on notice, the Committee will 
determine an equitable compensation 
package, having regard to the particular 
circumstances of  the case. The Committee 
has discretion to require notice to be 
worked or to make payment in lieu of  notice 
or to place the Director on garden leave for 
the notice period. In case of  payment in lieu 
or garden leave, base salary, benefits and 
end of  service gratuity will be paid for the 
period of  notice served on garden leave 
or paid in lieu. If  the Committee believes 
it would be in shareholders’ interests, the 
Company may elect to make payments in 
three separate tranches; 50% within seven 
working days of  the termination date; 25% 
three months after the termination date; and 
25% six months after the termination date. 

The annual bonus may be payable in 
respect of  the period of  the bonus plan year 
worked by the Director; there is no provision 
for an amount in lieu of  bonus to be payable 
for any part of  the notice period not worked. 
The bonus will be scaled back pro-rata for 
the period of  the incentive year worked by 
the Director and will still be payable at the 
normal payment date. 

Long-term incentives granted under the 
LTIP will be determined by the plan rules 
which contain discretionary good leaver 
provisions for designated reasons (e.g. 
participants who leave early on account 
of  injury, disability or ill health, a sale of  
their employer or business in which they 
were employed, or any other reason at 
the discretion of  the Committee). In these 
circumstances a participant’s awards will 
not be forfeited on cessation of  employment 
and instead will vest on the normal vesting 
date. In exceptional circumstances, the 
Committee may decide that the participant’s 
award will vest early on the termination 
date. In either case, the extent to which the 
awards will vest depends on the extent to 
which the performance conditions have 
been satisfied and a pro-rata reduction of  
the awards will be applied by reference 
to the time of  cessation (although the 
Committee has discretion to disapply 

60 Corporate governance: Directors’ Remuneration Report

The table below sets out the details of  the 
Executive Directors’ service contracts:

The following table shows the effective date 
of  appointment for each NED:

Director

Date of contract

John William 
Kennedy 

13 August 2015

James Moffat

25 November 2012

Non-Executive 
Director

Date of appointment

John Malcolm1

27 May 2013

Ellis Armstrong1

27 May 2013 

13 August 2015

Mel Fitzgerald1

13 August 2015

Antony Robert 
William Wright

Debra Valentine1

1 September 2015

1.  John Malcolm, Ellis Armstrong, Mel Fitzgerald and 
Debra Valentine are considered to be independent 
NEDs of  the Company. 

The service contracts are available for 
inspection during normal business hours 
at the Company’s registered office, and 
available for inspection before and at  
the AGM. 

Remuneration payments under all Service 
Agreements are enforceable only insofar 
as they fall within a shareholder-approved 
Remuneration Policy.

Non-Executive Directors’ (NEDs) terms 
of engagement

The NEDs do not have service contracts 
and instead are appointed by letters of  
appointment, which are terminable by three 
months’ notice on either side. All Directors 
are subject to re-election at the AGM of  the 
Company on a regular basis. 

Upon termination or resignation, NEDs are 
not entitled to compensation and no fee is 
payable in respect of  the unexpired portion 
of  the term of  appointment.

Currently, four NEDs are considered to be 
independent of  the Company. 

performance conditions and time pro-rating 
if  the circumstances warrant it). In the case 
of  death of  the participant, the award will 
vest at that time, irrespective of  whether or 
not any performance conditions have been 
satisfied, and the award will not be time 
pro-rated. 

In respect of  legacy options outstanding 
under the ESOP, the options will be 
determined by the plan rules which contain 
discretionary good leaver provisions for 
designated reasons (i.e. participants who 
leave early on account of  injury, disability 
or ill health, a sale of  their employer or 
business in which they were employed 
or any other reason at the discretion of  
the Board). In these circumstances a 
participant’s options will not be forfeited 
on cessation of  employment but will vest 
on the termination date instead. The extent 
to which the options become exercisable 
depends, unless the Board determines 
otherwise, on the extent to which the 
performance conditions have been satisfied 
up until the termination date or such longer 
period as the Board may decide within six 
weeks of  the grant date. The performance 
period will end on the termination date 
unless the Board determines otherwise. 
In the case of  death of  a participant, the 
option will become exercisable at that 
time, irrespective of  whether or not any 
performance conditions have been satisfied, 
and the option will not be time pro-rated.

In the event of  a change of  control all 
unvested awards under the long-term 
incentive arrangements would vest, to the 
extent that any performance conditions 
attached to the relevant awards have been 
achieved. The awards will, other than in 
exceptional circumstances, be scaled 
back pro-rata for the period of  the incentive 
year worked by the Director (although 
the Committee has discretion to disapply 
performance conditions and time pro-rating 
if  the circumstances warrant it). 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate governance: Directors’ Remuneration Report

61

DIRECTORS’ ANNUAL REPORT  
ON REMUNERATION

This report has been 
prepared in accordance 
with Part 4 of  the Large and 
Medium-sized Companies 
and Groups (Accounts and 
Reports) (Amendment) 
Regulations 2013 and 
9.8.6R of  the UK’s Listing 
Rules. The Annual Report 
on Remuneration will be put 
to an advisory shareholder 
vote at the 2016 AGM. The 
information on pages 64 to 
67 has been audited.

Responsibilities of the Committee

The Committee is responsible for 
determining and agreeing with the 
Board the policy on Executive Directors’ 
remuneration, including setting the 
over-arching principles, parameters and 
governance framework and determining 
the initial remuneration package of  
each Executive Director. In addition, the 
Committee monitors the structure and level 
of  remuneration for the senior management 
team and is aware of  pay and conditions 
in the workforce generally. The Committee 
also ensures full compliance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code in relation to 
remuneration. The Committee’s terms of  
reference are available for review on the 
Company’s website. 

Members and activities of the Committee

The members of  the Committee throughout 
the relevant period were Michael Press 
(Chair) (until 13 August 2015), John 
Malcolm (member throughout the year 

and as Committee Chair with effect from  
5 October 2015), Ellis Armstrong (member 
as from 5 October 2015) and Debra 
Valentine (member as from 5 October 
2015). Membership is comprised solely  
of  independent NEDs. None of  the current 
Committee members have day-to-day 
involvement with the business nor do 
they have any personal financial interest 
in the matters to be recommended. The 
Company Secretary acts as Secretary to the 
Committee and the Vice-President, Human 
Resources and Administration attends 
meetings on a regular basis to present and 
provide related support. The number of  
formal meetings held and the attendance 
by each member is shown in the table 
below. The Committee also held informal 
discussions as required. 

External advice received

During the year, the Committee received 
independent advice on remuneration 
matters from New Bridge Street (“NBS”), 
a trading name of  Aon plc. NBS did not 
provide other services to the Group during 
the year under review and there is no other 
connection between NBS and the Company 
or the Directors. The Committee also 
consulted with the CEO and Chairman but 
not in relation to their own remuneration. 

NBS is a signatory to the Remuneration 
Consultants’ Code of  Conduct and adheres 
to the Voluntary Code of  Conduct in relation 
to executive remuneration consulting in 
the UK. The Committee has reviewed the 
operating processes in place at NBS and 
is satisfied that the advice it receives is 
objective and independent.

The fees paid to NBS during the year  
were £13,300.

Shareholder voting at AGM 

At last year’s AGM held on 12 May 2015,  
the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
received the following votes from 
shareholders (see table below).

Implementation of the Remuneration 
Policy for 2016

Base salary

In accordance with an agreement made 
with shareholders in 2014, the base 
salaries of  Executive Directors were 
frozen until 1 January 2016. In setting the 
base salaries for 2016, the Committee 
considered external market data, as well as 
any increase in base salary for the senior 
management team and the workforce 
generally, where the average increases 
across the Group will be 3% for the general 
workforce and 0% for management levels. 
In view of  the market data and the general 
market conditions, the CEO’s base salary 
for 2016 will remain the same as 2015.

Upon his appointment as Executive 
Chairman effective 13 August 2015, John 
Kennedy’s base salary was set relative to 
external market data and to the nature and 
duration of  the appointment. 

Upon his promotion to the position of   
Chief  Financial Officer effective from  
13 August 2015, Tony Wright’s base salary 
was set relative to external market data, his 
experience and on the basis that it would 
be subject to review, without commitment, 
on 1 October 2016. 

Accordingly, base salaries for 2016 are as 
follows:

Base salary  
from 1 January

2016

2015

%
increase

£

480,000

n/a

n/a

USD 753,000

753,000

0%

USD 410,000

341,281

20%

John 
Kennedy

James 
Moffat 

Tony 
Wright1 

1.  Tony Wright was promoted from Deputy Chief  

Financial Officer to Chief  Financial Officer effective 
13 August 2015.

Meeting attendance

Resolutions held

Committee member

John Malcolm (Chairman)

Ellis Armstrong

Debra Valentine

Michael Press

No. of 
meetings 
attended

No. of 
meetings 
eligible

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

d
n
e
t
t
A

5

2

2

3

5

2

2

3

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

y
r
a
D

i

Resolution

For

Against

Total votes cast (for and against)

Votes withheld¹

Total votes cast (including withheld votes)

Total number 
of votes

% number  
of votes

244,470,733

6,546,738

251,017,471

401

251,017,878

97.4

2.6

100

–

–

1.  A vote withheld is not a vote in law and is not counted in the calculation of  the proportion of  votes cast ‘For’  

and ‘Against’ a resolution.

62 Corporate governance: Directors’ Remuneration Report

awards are expected to be made in 
respect of  his current appointment.

Relative TSR, cumulative EBITDA and end 
of  period backlog are considered to be 
the most appropriate measures of  long-
term performance for the Group, in that 
they ensure the Executive Directors are 
incentivised and rewarded for the financial 
performance of  the Group as well as 
returning value to shareholders. 

Annual bonus for 2016

For 2016 the annual bonus opportunity  
will be 100% of  base salary for the CEO 
and 85% of  base salary for the CFO, 
payable in cash. 40% of  the bonus will be 
based on sales, 20% will be based on net 
cash, 15% will be based on net profit set 
in relation to the Group’s budget and the 
remaining 25% will be based on strategic 
and/or personal targets, including safety 
performance. This structure is intended 
to provide a rounded assessment of  the 
Group and management’s performance 
against defined targets which are aligned 
with the Group’s strategic objectives. 

The sales targets will be within a range 
from USD 800m to USD 1.4bn with 
associated pay-outs within the range of  
20 to 100% of  target. The Committee 
considers any disclosure of  future net 

LTIP 2016

profits and cash to be commercially 
sensitive, however, full retrospective 
disclosure of  targets and performance 
against them will be disclosed in next 
year’s Annual Report on Remuneration.

Clawback provisions will apply to all  
bonus pay-outs.

Long-term incentives 

Subject to compliance with the Listing 
Rules, awards will be made in 2016 and 
the maximum LTIP potential will be 120% 
of  base salary for the CEO and 100% for 
the CFO. 50% of  the award will be based 
on relative TSR (relative to the FTSE World 
Oil Equipment & Services Index), 25% 
on cumulative EBITDA and 25% on end 
of  period backlog. In view of  the short-
term duration of  the Executive Chairman’s 
appointment, no long-term incentive 

Threshold

Maximum

Performance condition

% vesting

Performance

% vesting

Performance

End measurement point

TSR vs. FTSE World 
Oil Equipment & 
Services Index 

20

Median

Cumulative EBITDA

20

End of  period backlog 20

USD 300m

USD 1.2bn

100

100

100

Upper quintile

31 December 2018

USD 360m

USD 1.6bn

31 December 2018 

31 December 2018

The awards will be subject to clawback provisions and a mandatory holding restriction of  two years beyond vesting will apply to the 2016 
awards. 

For the sake of  completeness, the Company discloses the performance conditions which are attached to the awards of  LTIPs in 2014 and 
2015, as follows:

LTIP 2014 (following shareholder consultation in mid-2014 as a result of which certain targets were increased)

Performance condition

% vesting

Performance

% vesting

Performance

End measurement point

Threshold

Maximum

TSR vs. FTSE World 
Oil Equipment & 
Services Index 

Cumulative EBITDA

0

0

End of  period backlog 20

LTIP 2015

Median

USD 300m

USD 1.0bn

100

100

100

Upper quintile

31 December 2016

USD 400m

USD 1.4bn

31 December 2016 

31 December 2016

Threshold

Maximum

Performance condition

% vesting

Performance

% vesting

Performance

End measurement point

TSR vs. FTSE World 
Oil Equipment & 
Services Index 

20

Median

Cumulative EBITDA

20

End of  period backlog 20

USD 320m

USD 1.0bn1

100

100

100

Upper quintile

31 December 2017

USD 420m

USD 1.4bn1

31 December 2017 

31 December 2017

1.  At least 33% of  backlog must be derived from non-rig business otherwise vesting will be 50% of  the above percentages. 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate governance: Directors’ Remuneration Report

63

End of Service Gratuity

As required under UAE Labour Law, the Company contributes to the End of  Service Gratuity Fund on behalf  of  the Executive Directors, 
whereby the gratuity shall be 21 days’ base salary for each year of  the first five years of  employment and 30 days’ base salary for  
each additional year of  employment thereafter, on the condition that the total gratuity does not exceed two years’ base salary, payable 
upon termination of  employment. In view of  the short-term nature of  the appointment, end of  service gratuity does not apply to the 
Executive Chairman.

Directors’ contracts

Following changes in directors’ appointments during 2015, the following information regarding the service contracts of  Executive Directors 
should be noted.

Service contract for Executive Chairman
Mr Kennedy was appointed to the position of  Executive Chairman on 13 August 2015 and his Service Agreement dated 13 August 2015 
is terminable by either party on three months’ notice. Mr Kennedy’s annual base salary is £480,000 and he is eligible to participate in a 
bonus arrangement with a maximum opportunity of  100% of  base salary earned in the period which will be assessed over the period of  his 
contract and paid wholly in shares. Mr Kennedy’s award of  292,570 shares is expected to vest upon the earlier of  (i) three months after the 
end of  the executive appointment, and (ii) the Remuneration Committee determining satisfaction of  the relevant performance conditions. 

Service contract for CFO
As announced on 13 August 2015, aligned with the Company’s stated intention of  internal development and succession, Tony Wright  
was promoted to the position of  Chief  Financial Officer from his former role as Deputy CFO with the Group. Mr Wright was appointed  
on a Service Agreement dated 13 August 2015 which is terminable by either party giving nine months’ notice until the first anniversary of  
Mr Wright’s appointment at which point the agreement will be terminable on six months’ notice. Mr Wright’s annual base salary equates to 
USD 410,000 and his participation in the Company’s benefit programmes and incentive plans reflects the Company’s remuneration policy 
as set out elsewhere in this report.

Outside appointments

The Board allows Executive Directors to accept appropriate external, commercial Non-Executive Director appointments provided the 
aggregate commitment is compatible with their duties and does not cause a conflict of  interest with the role of  an Executive Director. Such 
Executive Directors may retain fees paid for these services, which will be subject to approval by the Board. During the year John Kennedy 
served as a Non-Executive Chairman of  Maxwell Drummond International Limited.

Fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors

The Non-Executive Chairman’s remuneration is determined by the Committee and the Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration is  
determined by the Executive Directors and the Chairman, all of  which is based on the responsibility and time committed to the Group’s 
affairs and appropriate market comparisons. Individual Non-Executive Directors do not take part in discussions regarding their own fees. 
The Non-Executive Chairman and Non-Executive Directors receive no other benefits. For the duration of  2016, the Non-Executive Directors’ 
fees will be held at 2015 rates. A summary of  the current fees are as follows:

Non-Executive Chairman

Deputy Chairman

Senior Independent Director

Base fee

Committee Chair fee

Fee at 1 January 2016 
£000

Fee at 1 January 2015 
£000

% increase

£180

£88

£80

£65

£8

£180

£88

£80

£65

£8

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

 
64 Corporate governance: Directors’ Remuneration Report

Directors’ remuneration earned in 2015 

The table below summarises Directors’ remuneration received in respect of  2015 with comparisons, where appropriate, to 20141. 

Base salary 
and fees 
USD’000

Benefits and 
allowances2 
USD’000

End of 
service 
gratuity3 
USD’000

Annual bonus4 
USD’000

Long-term 
incentives 
USD’000

Other 
USD’000

Total 
remuneration 
USD’000

Executive Directors

James Moffat

John Kennedy5

Tony Wright6

Non-Executive Directors

John Kennedy5

Michael Press7

John Malcolm

Ellis Armstrong8

Peter Whitbread9  

Mel Fitzgerald10 

Debra Valentine11 

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

753

753

294

–

325

n/a

174

307

87

146

115

125

125

121

40

96

40

–

34

–

216

205

–

–

284

–

44

76

–

–

19

–

336

682

–

–

121

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,349

1,716

294

–

749

–

174

307

87

146

115

125

125

121

40

96

40

–

34

–

1.  All Directors’ pay is reported above in USD. James Moffat’s remuneration is determined and paid in USD. Tony Wright is remunerated in AED; Michael Press, Ellis Armstrong and 
Debra Valentine’s remuneration is/was determined in GBP and paid in USD and the remuneration of  John Kennedy, Peter Whitbread, John Malcolm and Mel Fitzgerald is/was 
determined and paid in GBP. 

2.  Benefits and allowances include housing, private medical insurance, life insurance, club membership, the use of  a company car and driver, private fuel card, airfare tickets and  

utility expenses.

3.  End of  service gratuity is the provision accrued during the year. In accordance with the provisions of  IAS 19, the present value of  Directors’ end of  service gratuity obligations under 
UAE Labour Law have been valued using the projected unit credit method, as at 31 December 2015 and 2014. Under this method an assessment has been made of  a Director’s 
expected service with the Group and the expected base salary on the date of  termination. As part of  the valuation we have assumed an average base salary increment of  3% p.a. 
(2014: 3%). The expected liability on the date of  termination has been discounted to its net present value using a discount rate of  3.5% p.a. (2014: 3.5% p.a.).

4.  The annual bonus for 2015 was based on performance against financial and non-financial performance targets. Performance against these targets is set out in the tables opposite. 
5.  John Kennedy transitioned from Non-Executive to Executive Director on 13 August 2015. 
6.  Tony Wright became a Director on 13 August 2015. The remuneration detailed above reflects the full year 2015.
7.  Michael Press stood down as a Director on 13 August 2015.
8.  Ellis Armstrong became Senior Independent Director on 13 August 2015.
9.  Peter Whitbread stood down as a Director on 12 May 2015.
10.  Mel Fitzgerald was appointed as a Director on 13 August 2015.
11.  Debra Valentine was appointed as a Director with effect from 1 September 2015.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate governance: Directors’ Remuneration Report

65

Annual Bonus 2015: Performance against targets

CEO

Metric

Net profit1

Safety

Sales2

Overhead cost reduction

Operating efficiencies

Total

Weighting as % of 
maximum annual opportunity

Actual  
performance

Pay-out outcome as % of 
maximum annual opportunity

50%

3.8%

32%

7.1%

7.1%

100%

83%

0%

0%

100%

100%

41.5%

0%

0%

7.1%

7.1%

55.7%3

1.  Net profit targets were in the range of  USD 55m (threshold) to USD 65m (target) and USD 75m (stretch). Target was exceeded.
2.  Sales targets were in the range of  USD 900m (threshold) to USD 1.1bn (target) and USD 1.4bn (stretch). Threshold was not achieved.
3.  The CEO’s final payment was reduced by 20% to 44.6% due to the non-operational fatality in the Group’s Kurdistan facility.

CFO

Metric

Net profit1

Safety

Sales2

Employee retention

ERP Implementation and 
process improvements

Other financial performance

Total

Weighting as % of 
maximum annual opportunity

Actual  
performance

Pay-out outcome as % of 
maximum annual opportunity

50%

5.5%

25%

2.75%

8.25%

8.5%

100%

83%

50%

0%

27%

66%

92%

41.5%

2.7%

0%

0.8%

5.6%

7.8%

58.4%3

1.  Net profit targets were in the range of  USD 55m (threshold) to USD 65m (target) and USD 75m (stretch). Target was exceeded.
2.  Sales targets were in the range of  USD 900m (threshold) to USD 1.1bn (target) and USD 1.4bn (stretch). Threshold was not achieved.
3.  The CFO’s final payment was reduced by 15% to 49.6% due to the non-operational fatality in the Group’s Kurdistan facility.

Long-term incentive awards granted during the year

An award of  416,569 performance shares was made to James Moffat on 9 April 2015 in accordance with the Performance Share Plan 
rules and associated performance conditions. The 2015 LTIP award vests in full on 9 April 2018, subject to achieving the performance 
conditions relating to relative TSR, three-year cumulative EBITDA and end of  period backlog. The award is subject to a holding period  
of  18 months following the date of  vesting.

Directors’ interests in share plan awards 

The Directors hold interests in long-term incentive awards under the Company’s incentive plans as at 31 December 2015 as set out below. 

Share option awards 

The following table sets out the interests of  the Executive Directors in relation to ESOP awards:

Executive 
Director

At 1 January 
2015

Granted in year

Exercise price  
at grant

Date of vesting

James Moffat

340,855

0

£1.4125

18.11.2017

Vested

N/A

Exercised  
in 2015

At 31 December 
2015

Nil

340,855

LTIP awards

The following table sets out the interests of  the Executive Directors in relation to LTIP award(s):

Executive Director

James Moffat

James Moffat

James Moffat

Tony Wright

At 1 January 
2015

Awarded in 
2015

Date of vesting

Vested  
in 2015

321,691

321,691

–

53,172

–

–

416,569

141,601

20161

18.11.2017

09.04.2018

09.04.2018

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Lapsed  
in 2015

At 31 December  
2015 
(cumulative)

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

321,691

643,382

1,059,951

194,773

1.  The 2013 LTIP award is expected to be vest following announcement by the Company of  the results for the financial period ending 31 December 2015.

In the ordinary course, awards will normally vest on the third anniversary of  the date of  grant of  the award, subject to any applicable 
performance conditions having been satisfied. Further details are set out above. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66 Corporate governance: Directors’ Remuneration Report

RSP awards 

The following table sets out the interests of  the Chairman in relation to RSP award(s):

Director

At 1 January 
2015

Granted in year

Exercise price 
at grant

Date of vesting

John Kennedy

122,499

0

Nil

18.11.2017

Vested

Nil

Exercised  
in 2015 

At 31 December 
2014

Nil

122,499

Directors’ interests in ordinary shares 

The Committee has adopted a formal policy requiring the Executive Directors to build and maintain, through the award of  shares by the 
Company, a shareholding in the Company equivalent to 150% of  base salary for the CEO and 125% of  base salary for the CFO, when 
appointed. Until such time as this threshold is achieved there is a requirement for executives to retain the net proceeds of  all vested share 
awards. Mr Kennedy, Mr Moffat and Mr Wright have not currently achieved these guidelines. 

In accordance with the Listing Rules, the Company discloses the beneficial interests of  the Directors in the share capital of  the  
Company as at 31 December 2015 as set out below. There were no changes to the interests of  the Directors in the ordinary shares  
of  the Company in the period from 1 January 2016 to 17 March 2016, being the last practicable date that the Company is able to  
report on Directors’ interests. 

Executive Directors

James Moffat

John Kennedy2

Tony Wright

Non-Executive Directors

Michael Press

John Malcolm

Peter Whitbread

Ellis Armstrong

Mel Fitzgerald

Debra Valentine

Beneficially  
owned at  
31 Dec 2015

Beneficially  
owned at  
31 Dec 2014

Outstanding share 
awards

Shareholding as a  
% of base salary

Shareholding 
requirement met?

1,059,9511

1,894,509

234,773

–

–

643,382

122,499

0

–

–

N/A3

2,188,294

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,400,806

415,069

194,773

–

–

–

–

–

–

Nil

Nil

Nil

–

–

–

–

–

–

No

No

No

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.  This comprises two LTIPs awarded in 2014 and one LTIP awarded in 2015 both of  which are subject to vesting and performance conditions. 
2.  Between 1 January 2015 and 18 March 2015, John Kennedy or his connected persons had acquired an additional 1,601,939 interests in the share capital of  the Company, pursuant 
to a trading plan which was entered into on 15 January 2015 in accordance with the requirements of  the Listing Rules and the Model Code. Further purchases may have been made 
under such trading plan after the date of  this Annual Report on Remuneration. 

3.  Peter Whitbread passed away on 18 July 2015.

Note: Full details of  the Directors’ shareholdings and share allocations are given in the Company’s Register of  Directors’ Interests, which is open to inspection at the Company’s 
registered office during business hours. 

Payments to former directors

There were no payments to former directors during the year.

Payments for loss of office

There were no payments for loss of  office during the year.

Percentage change in remuneration levels 

The table below shows the movement in base salary, benefits and annual bonus for the CEO between the 2015 and 2014 financial years, 
compared to that for the average employee of  the Group:

% change

% change

Chief Executive Officer

All employees

Base salary

Benefits

Bonus

0%

0%

Base salary

Benefits

-50%

Bonus

+1.5%

+1.5%

-28%

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate governance: Directors’ Remuneration Report

67

Relative importance of the spend on pay 

The table below shows the spend on staff  costs in the financial year, compared to dividends:

Staff  costs

Dividends

Performance graph and CEO pay 

2015 
£000

120,611

–

2014 
£000

116,490

–

% change

3.5%

0.00%

The first graph below shows the growth in value of  a notional £100 invested in the Company over the last five financial years compared to 
the FTSE 250 Index. The graph covers the time period from 31 December 2010 to 31 December 2015. The second graph below shows the 
growth in value of  a notional £100 invested in the Company compared to the FTSE World Oil Equipment and Services Index, which is used 
as the basis for one of  the Company’s LTIP metrics. The graph covers the time period from 1 January 2013 to 31 December 2015. 

Share price performance 
(rebased to 100)

Share price performance by reference to FTSE World Oil 
Equipment & Services Index since 1 January 2013  
(rebased to 100)

200

150

100

50

0

Lamprell

FTSE 250

250

200

150

100

50

0

Lamprell

FTSE World 
Oil Equipment 
and Services

Dec 10

Dec 11

Dec 12

Dec 13

Dec 14

Dec 15

Dec 12

Dec 13

Dec 14

Dec 15

The total remuneration figures for the CEO during the last seven financial years are shown in the table below. Consistent with the 
calculation methodology for the single figure for total remuneration, the total remuneration figure includes the total annual bonus award 
based on that year’s performance and the long-term incentive award based on the three-year performance period ending in the relevant 
year. The annual bonus pay-out and long-term incentive award vesting level as a percentage of  the maximum opportunity are also shown 
for each year.

Year ending 31 December (USD’000)

CEO

Total remuneration

Annual bonus %

LTIP vesting %

2015

Moffat

1,349

45%

0%

2014

2013

2013

2012

2012

2011

2010

2009

2009

Moffat

Moffat1 Whitbread Whitbread2

McCue3

McCue

McCue

McCue4 Whitbread5

1,716

1,652 

1,504 

352 

2,739 

2,094 

91%

0%

99%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

100%

72.3%

100%

1,824 

100%

0%

514

0%

0%

1,211

0%

0%

1.  James Moffat was appointed CEO on 1 March 2013. 
2.  Peter Whitbread was appointed interim CEO on 4 October 2012 and his employment ceased on 30 June 2013. 
3.  Nigel McCue’s employment ceased on 3 October 2012. 
4.  Nigel McCue was appointed to the position of  the CEO on 27 March 2009 with effect from 1 May 2009.
5.  Peter Whitbread resigned as the CEO on 27 March 2009 and was appointed to the position of  the Director of  International Development with effect from 1 May 2009.

Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report

The Directors’ Remuneration Report, including both the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the Annual Report on Remuneration, was 
approved by the Board on 22 March 2016.

John Malcolm
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

22 March 2016

 
68 Corporate governance: Statutory Information and Directors’ Statements

STATUTORY INFORMATION 
AND DIRECTORS’ STATEMENTS

The Board of  Directors 
has taken into account the 
latest change in the UK 
Corporate Governance 
Code 2014 by including 
an appropriate viability 
statement, in addition to 
ensuring that this Annual 
Report is fair, balanced and 
understandable.

Memorandum and Articles  
of Association

The Company’s Memorandum of  
Association sets out the objectives and 
powers of  the Company. The Articles of  
Association detail the rights attached to 
each share class, the method by which the 
Company’s shares can be purchased or 
re-issued and the provisions which apply 
to the holding of  and voting at general 
meetings. The Articles also set out the 
rules relating to Directors (including by way 
of  example, their appointment, election, 
retirement, duties and powers). 

Capital structure and corporate 
authorities

Details of  the authorised and issued 
share capital together with details of  
movements in share capital during the 
year are included in Note 8 to the financial 
statements. The Company has one class of  
share in issue, ordinary shares of  5 pence 
each, all of  which are fully paid. Each 
ordinary share in issue carries equal rights 
including one vote per share on a poll at 
general meetings of  the Company, subject 
to the terms of  the Articles and applicable 
laws. There are no restrictions on the 
transfer of  shares.

Details of  the Company’s employee share 
schemes are disclosed in the Directors’ 
 page 54 and in 
Remuneration Report 
Note 8 to the financial statements.

Lamprell plc Free Share Award Plan

Granted

2015

Nil

2014

Nil

Outstanding
2015 2014 & prior

Nil

Nil

Lamprell plc Retention Share Plan

495,000

632,499

450,000

546,252

Lamprell plc Executive Share Option Plan

Nil

340,855

Nil

340,855

Lamprell plc Long-Term Incentive Plan

2,246,878 1,723,524 2,138,878

1,626,478

The awards under the Lamprell plc Free 
Share Award Plan, Retention Share Plan 
and Long-Term Incentive Plan are granted 
at nil price.

Pursuant to the Company’s share schemes, 
the Employee Benefit Trust as at the year-
end, held a total of  16,268 (2014: 16,217) 
ordinary shares of  5p, representing less 
than 0.01% (2014: 0.01%) of  the issued 
share capital. The voting rights attaching to 
these shares cannot be exercised directly 
by the employees, but can be exercised 
by the trustees. However, in line with good 
practice, the trustees do not exercise 
these voting rights. In the event of  another 
company taking control of  the Company, 
the employee share schemes operated 
by the Company have set change of  
control provisions. In short, awards may, 
in certain circumstances and approved 
proportions, be allowed to vest early or to 
be exchanged for awards of  equivalent 
value in the acquiring company.

The Company was given authority at the 
2015 AGM to make market purchases of  
up to 33,000,000 ordinary shares of  5p, 
which represented approximately 10% of  
the Company’s then issued ordinary share 
capital. This authority will expire at the 2016 
AGM, where approval from shareholders 

will be sought to renew the authority for 
approximately 10% of  the Company’s 
current issued ordinary share capital.

Approval from shareholders will be sought 
to authorise the Directors to allot the 
unissued shares up to a maximum nominal 
amount of  £4,900,000, representing 
approximately 30% of  the Company’s 
current issued ordinary share capital 
(excluding treasury shares) to existing 
shareholders and to issue equity securities 
of  the Company for cash to persons other 
than existing shareholders, other than 
in connection with existing exemptions 
contained in the Articles or with a rights, 
scrip dividend, or other similar issue, up to 
an aggregate nominal value of  £825,000 
representing approximately 5% of  the 
current issued ordinary share capital of  
the Company. Authorities were given by 
the shareholders at the 2015 AGM to issue 
a similar percentage of  the Company’s 
then issued ordinary share capital. The 
authorities now sought, if  granted, will 
expire on the earlier of  the conclusion of  
the AGM of  the Company next year and the 
date which is 15 months after the granting 
of  the authorities.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate governance: Statutory Information and Directors’ Statements

69

After reviewing its cash flow forecasts  
for a period of  not less than 12 months 
from the date of  signing these financial 
statements, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group  
will have adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. The Directors have concluded 
therefore that it is appropriate for the Group 
to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing its financial statements.

The financial information has been 
prepared under the historical cost 
convention, except as disclosed in the 
accounting policies below.

Alex Ridout
Company Secretary

By order of  the Board

22 March 2016

Contracts of significance

Except for the debt facility agreements 
which were concluded in 2014 and the 
Controlling Shareholder Agreement   

 page 46, the Company or Group does 
not have contractual or other arrangements 
which are significant to its business with 
any person.

Directors’ responsibility statement

The Directors are responsible for 
preparing the Annual Report and the 
financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations. Company 
law requires the Directors to prepare 
financial statements for each financial 
year. Under that law the Directors have 
elected to prepare the financial statements 
in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted 
by the European Union. The financial 
statements are required by law to give a 
true and fair view of  the state of  affairs of  
the Group and the Company and of  the 
profit or loss of  the Group for that period. 
In preparing these financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:

 » select suitable accounting policies and 

then apply them consistently;

 » make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent;

 » state that the financial statements 

comply with IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements; and

 » prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the  
Group and the Company will continue  
in business. 

The Directors confirm that they have 
complied with the above requirements in 
preparing the financial statements.

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that 
are sufficient to show and explain the 
Company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of  the Company and the 
Group and enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements comply with the Isle of  
Man Companies Acts 1931 to 2004. They 
are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of  the Company and the Group 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for 
the prevention and detection of  fraud and 
other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for 
the maintenance and integrity of  the 
Company’s website, www.lamprell.com. 

Legislation in the Isle of  Man governing the 
preparation and dissemination of  financial 
statements may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions.

In accordance with the principles of  
the Code, the Group has arrangements 
in place to ensure that the information 
presented in this Annual Report is fair, 
balanced and understandable. The 
Audit & Risk Committee oversees the 
implementation of  this approach. The 
Directors consider, on the advice of  the 
Audit & Risk Committee, that the Annual 
Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Company’s performance, 
business model and strategy.

Each of  the Directors, whose names 
and functions are listed 
confirm that, to the best of  their knowledge:

 pages 36 to 37 

 »

 »

the Group financial statements, which 
have been prepared in accordance with 
IFRSs as adopted by the EU, give a true 
and fair view of  the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit or loss of  
the Group; and

the Directors’ Report includes a 
fair review of  the development and 
performance of  the business and the 
position of  the Group, together with a 
description of  the principal risks and 
uncertainties that it faces.

As far as each Director is aware, there 
is no relevant audit information of  which 
the Company’s auditors are unaware. In 
addition, each Director has taken all the 
steps that he or she ought to have taken 
as a Director in order to make him/herself  
aware of  any relevant audit information and 
to establish that the Company’s auditors 
are aware of  that information.

Going concern

The Company’s business activities, 
together with the factors likely to affect 
its future development, performance and 
position are set out in the Strategic Report 

 pages 4 to 35. The financial position 
of  the Company, its cash flows, liquidity 
position and borrowing facilities are 
described in the Financial Review   
 pages 20 to 23. The Company’s 

consolidated financial statements have 
been prepared on a going concern basis. 

70

INDEPENDENT 
AUDITOR’S REPORT

TO THE MEMBERS OF LAMPRELL PLC

Report on the financial statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated and parent company financial statements (“the financial statements”) of  Lamprell 
plc and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) which comprise the consolidated and company balance sheets as at 31 December 2015 and the 
consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of  comprehensive income, consolidated and company statements of  changes  
in equity and consolidated and company cash flow statements for the year then ended and a summary of  significant accounting policies 
and other explanatory notes.

Directors’ responsibility for the financial statements
The Directors are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of  these financial statements in accordance with applicable Isle of  
Man law and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, and for such internal control as the Directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of  consolidated and parent company financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. This report, including the opinion, has been 
prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with Section 15 of  the Isle of  Man Companies Act 1982 and  
for no other purpose. We do not, in giving this opinion, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to 
whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing. Those standards require that we comply with  
ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free from  
material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The 
procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of  the risks of  material misstatement of  the financial 
statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s 
preparation and fair presentation of  the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, 
but not for the purpose of  expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of  the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating 
the appropriateness of  accounting policies used and the reasonableness of  accounting estimates made by the Directors, as well as 
evaluating the overall presentation of  the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion. 

Opinion 
In our opinion:

 »

 »

 »

the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of  the financial position of  the Group as at 31 December 2015, and  
of  its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
as adopted by the European Union; 

the parent company financial statements give a true and fair view of  the financial position of  the parent company as at 31 December 
2015, and its cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the 
European Union as applied in accordance with the provisions of  the Isle of  Man Companies Act 1982; and

the financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Isle of  Man Companies Acts 1931 to 2004.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report on the following: 

The Isle of  Man Companies Acts 1931 to 2004 require us to report to you if, in our opinion:

 »

 »

 »

 »

proper books of  accounts have not been kept by the parent company or, proper returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or

the parent company’s balance sheet is not in agreement with the books of  account and returns; or

we have not received all the information and explanations necessary for the purposes of  our audit; and

certain disclosures of  Directors’ loans and remuneration specified by law have not been complied with.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:

 »

 »

the Directors’ statements in relation to going concern and longer term viability; and

the parts of  the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the eleven provisions of  the UK 
Corporate Governance Code specified for our review.

Nicholas Mark Halsall, Responsible Individual
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC
Chartered Accountants
Douglas, Isle of  Man
22 March 2016

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statementsCONSOLIDATED
INCOME STATEMENT

Continuing operations
Revenue
Cost of  sales
Gross profit
Selling and distribution expenses
General and administrative expenses
Other gains/(losses) – net
Operating profit
Finance costs
Finance income
Finance costs – net
Share of  profit of  an investment accounted for using the equity method
Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the year from continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Loss for the year from discontinued operations
Gain on disposal of  subsidiary
Profit for the year attributable to the equity holders of the Company
Earnings per share for profit from continuing operations  
  attributable to the equity holders of the Company
Basic
Diluted
Earnings per share attributable to the equity holders of the Company
Basic
Diluted

The notes on pages 79 to 117 form an integral part of  these financial statements.

Financial statements

71

Year ended 31 December

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

Note

5
6

7
9
12

11
11

19

23

13

13

871,058
(747,538)
123,520
(1,771)
(44,318)
260
77,691
(14,647)
2,679
(11,968)
1,318
67,041
(541)
66,500

(1,866)
66
64,700

19.46c
19.36c

18.93c
18.84c

1,084,890
(902,810)
182,080
(1,773)
(72,700)
1,456
109,063
(20,516)
2,166
(18,350)
2,991
93,704
(484)
93,220

(6,433)
31,270
118,057

29.54c
29.52c

37.41c
37.38c

72

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT 
OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive loss
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:
Currency translation differences
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:
Re-measurement of  post-employment benefit obligations
Other comprehensive loss for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year attributable  
  to equity holders of the Company arises from:
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

The notes on pages 79 to 117 form an integral part of  these financial statements.

Year ended 31 December

2015
USD’000

64,700

2014
USD’000

118,057

(489)

(372)

(1,988)
(2,477)
62,223

(3,742)
(4,114)
113,943

64,023
(1,800)  

89,106
24,837

Note

26

27

23

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statementsCONSOLIDATED 
BALANCE SHEET

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Investment accounted for using the equity method
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and bank balances
Total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and bank balances

Assets of  disposal group classified as held for sale
Total current assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Borrowings
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Provision for warranty costs and other liabilities
Current tax liability

Liabilities of  disposal group classified as held for sale
Total current liabilities
Net current assets
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Provision for employees’ end of  service benefits
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
EQUITY
Share capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company

73

As at 31 December

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

Note

16
17
19
21
28
22

20
21
28
22

23

31
29
28
30

23

31
28
27

25
25
26

175,286
205,884
5,285
12,712
–
8,950
408,117

29,066
415,614
–
280,668
725,348
–
725,348
1,133,465

(20,136)
(264,943)
(4)
(8,334)
(451)
(293,868)
–
(293,868)
431,480

(59,163)
(14)
(42,863)
(102,040)
(395,908)
737,557

30,346
315,995
(19,144)
410,360
737,557

139,343
204,726
5,118
11,876
55
12,517
373,635

14,560
391,743
14
359,108
765,425
15,228
780,653
1,154,288

(20,136)
(317,603)
(269)
(15,812)
(167)
(353,987)
(10,546)
(364,533)
416,120

(78,843)
–
(38,752)
(117,595)
(482,128)
672,160

30,346
315,995
(18,655)
344,474
672,160

The financial statements on pages 71 to 117 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of  Directors on 22 March 2016 and 
signed on its behalf  by:

James Moffat 
Chief Executive Officer and Director 

Antony Wright
Chief Financial Officer and Director

The notes on pages 79 to 117 form an integral part of  these financial statements.

Financial statements74

COMPANY 
BALANCE SHEET

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Investment in subsidiaries
Current assets
Other receivables
Due from related parties
Cash at bank
Total current assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Accruals
Total current liabilities
Net current assets
Non-current liabilities
Provision for employees’ end of  service benefits
Total liabilities
Net assets
EQUITY
Share capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company

As at 31 December

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

Note

18

692,569

593,747

24
22

27

25
25
26

634
12,510
218
13,362
705,931

(17)
(17)
13,345

(121)
(138)
705,793

30,346
315,995
329,153
30,299
705,793

507
110,191
286
110,984
704,731

(2,487)
(2,487)
108,497

(75)
(2,562)
702,169

30,346
315,995
329,153
26,675
702,169

The financial statements on pages 71 to 117 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of  Directors on 22 March 2016 and 
signed on its behalf  by:

James Moffat 
Chief Executive Officer and Director 

Antony Wright
Chief Financial Officer and Director

The notes on pages 79 to 117 form an integral part of  these financial statements. 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements75

Other 
reserves
USD’000

(22,133)
–

–
(372)
(372)
3,850

Retained
earnings
USD’000

229,561
118,057

(3,742)
–
114,315
–

Total
USD’000

442,756
118,057

(3,742)
(372)
113,943
3,850

Note

Share 
capital
USD’000

23,552
–

Share 
premium
USD’000

211,776
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT 
OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

At 1 January 2014
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income:
Re-measurement of  post-employment benefit obligations
Currency translation differences
Total comprehensive income for the year 
Disposal of  subsidiary
Transactions with owners:
Proceeds from shares issued (net)
Share based payments:
– value of  services provided
Treasury shares purchased
Total transactions with owners
At 31 December 2014 
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income:
Re-measurement of  post-employment benefit obligations
Currency translation differences
Total comprehensive income for the year 
Transactions with owners:
Share based payments:
– value of  services provided
Total transactions with owners
At 31 December 2015

27
26

26

25

8
25

27
26

8

The notes on pages 79 to 117 form an integral part of  these financial statements.

6,794

104,219

–

–

111,013

–
–
6,794
30,346
–

–
–
–

–
–
104,219
315,995
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
(18,655)
–

–
(489)
(489)

1,084
(486)
598
344,474
64,700

(1,988)
–
62,712

1,084
(486)
111,611
672,160
64,700

(1,988)
(489)
62,223

–
–
30,346

–
–
315,995

–
–
(19,144)

3,174
3,174
410,360

3,174
3,174
737,557

Financial statements76

COMPANY STATEMENT 
OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

At 1 January 2014
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income:
Re-measurement of  post-employment benefit obligations
Total comprehensive income for the year 
Transactions with owners:
Share based payments:
– value of  services provided
– investments in subsidiaries
Treasury shares issued
Proceeds from shares issued (net)
Total transactions with owners
At 31 December 2014 
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income:
Re-measurement of  post-employment benefit obligations
Total comprehensive income for the year 
Transactions with owners:
Share based payments:
– value of  services provided
– investment in subsidiaries
Total transactions with owners

Note

Share 
capital
USD’000

23,552
–

Share 
premium
USD’000

211,776
–

Other 
reserves
USD’000

329,153
–

Retained
earnings
USD’000

23,965
2,079

Total
USD’000

588,446
2,079

27

8
18
25
25

27

8
18

–
–

–
–

–
–

45
2,124

45
2,124

–
–
–
6,794
6,794
30,346
–

–
–
–
104,219
104,219
315,995
–

–
–
–
–
–
329,153
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–

118
966
(498)
–
586
26,675
443

7
450

1,125
2,049
3,174

118
966
(498)
111,013
111,599
702,169
443

7
450

1,125
2,049
3,174

At 31 December 2015

30,346

315,995

329,153

30,299

705,793

The notes on pages 79 to 117 form an integral part of  these financial statements.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statementsCONSOLIDATED
CASH FLOW STATEMENT

Operating activities
Cash used in operating activities
Tax paid
Net cash used in operating activities
Investing activities
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of  property, plant and equipment
Additions to intangible assets
Finance income
Dividend received from a joint venture
Proceeds from disposal of  a subsidiary – net
Movement in deposit with an original maturity of  more than three months
Movement in margin/short-term deposits under lien
Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities
Financing activities
Proceeds from shares issued (net of  expenses)
Treasury shares purchased
Proceeds from borrowings
Repayments of  borrowings
Finance costs
Dividends paid
Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of  the year from continued operations
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of  the year from discontinued operations
Exchange rate translation
Cash and cash equivalents, end of  the year
Cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations
Cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations
Total

The notes on pages 79 to 117 form an integral part of  these financial statements.

77

Note

36

17
11
19
23
22

25
25

22

Year ended 31 December

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

(522)
(257)
(779)

(55,681)
543
(3,782)
2,679
1,151
2,091
(6,706)
1,519
(58,186)

–
–
–
(20,000)
(14,386)
–
(34,386)
(93,351)
312,352
5,652
(489)
224,164
224,164
–
224,164

(39,433)
(374)
(39,807)

(18,947)
317
(3,595)
2,166
3,488
59,312
5,633
3,249
51,623

111,013
(486)
100,000
(160,000)
(21,014)
(18)
29,495
41,311
275,479
1,586
(372)
318,004
312,352
5,652
318,004

Financial statements78

COMPANY 
CASH FLOW STATEMENT

Operating activities
Profit for the year
Adjustments for:
Share based payments – value of  services provided
Provision for employees’ end of  service benefits
Operating cash flows before payment of  employees’ end of  service benefits  
  and changes in working capital
Payment of  employees’ end of  service benefits
Other receivables
Accruals
Due from related parties
Due to related parties
Net cash used in operating activities
Financing activities
Proceeds from shares issued (net of  expenses)
Treasury shares purchased
Net cash generated from financing activities
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of  year
Cash and cash equivalents, end of  the year

The notes on pages 79 to 117 form an integral part of  these financial statements.

Non-cash transaction
The non-cash transaction during the year is as follows:

Year ended 31 December

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

Note

32

8
27

27

24
24

25
25

443

2,079

1,125
53

1,621
–
(127)
(2,470)
908
–
(68)

–
–
–
(68)
286
218

118
68

2,265
(23)
(138)
2,458
(102,560)
(12,334)
(110,332)

111,013
(498)
110,515
183
103
286

 »

Management has decided to convert a loan receivable from LEL into an equity contribution. Accordingly, an amount of  USD 96.8 million 
has been treated as further investment in the subsidiary.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements79

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Legal status and activities 

1 
Lamprell plc (“the Company”/“the parent company”) was incorporated and registered on 4 July 2006 in the Isle of  Man as a public 
company limited by shares under the Isle of  Man Companies Acts with the registered number 117101C. The Company acquired 100% 
of  the legal and beneficial ownership in Lamprell Energy Limited (“LEL”) from Lamprell Holdings Limited (“LHL”), under a share for share 
exchange agreement dated 25 September 2006 and this transaction was accounted for in the consolidated financial statements using 
the uniting of  interest method (Note 26). The Company was admitted to the Alternative Investment Market (“AIM”) of  the London Stock 
Exchange with effect from 16 October 2006. From 6 November 2008, the Company moved from AIM and was admitted to trading on the 
London Stock Exchange (“LSE”) plc’s main market for listed securities. The address of  the registered office of  the Company is Fort Anne, 
Douglas, Isle of  Man and the Company is managed from the United Arab Emirates (“UAE”). The address of  the principal place of  the 
business is PO Box 33455, Dubai, UAE.

The principal activities of  the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as “the Group”) are: assembly and new build construction for 
the offshore oil and gas and renewable sectors; fabricating packaged, pre-assembled and modularised units; constructing accommodation 
and complex process modules for onshore downstream projects; construction of  complex living quarters, wellhead decks, topsides, jackets 
and other offshore fixed facilities; rig refurbishment; land rig services; engineering and construction and operations and maintenance.

The Company has either directly or indirectly the following subsidiaries:

Name of  the subsidiary

Lamprell Energy Limited 
Lamprell Investment Holdings Limited (“LIH”)
Lamprell Dubai LLC (“LD”)
Lamprell Sharjah WLL (“LS”)
Maritime Offshore Limited (“MOL”)
Maritime Offshore Construction Limited (“MOCL”)
Cleopatra Barges Limited (“CBL”)
Lamprell plc employee benefit trust (“EBT”)
Jebel Ali Investments Limited (“JIL”) 
Lamprell Energy FZCO (“LE FZCO”) 
Maritime Industrial Services Co. Ltd Inc (“MIS”)
Maurlis International Ltd. Inc (“MIL”)
Rig Metals LLC (“RIM”)
Litwin PEL Co. LLC (“LIT”)
Maritime Industrial Services Co. Ltd. & Partners (“MISCLP”)
Global Investment Co. Ltd. Inc (“GIC”)
Sunbelt Safety Services Co. Ltd. Inc. (“SSS”)
MIS Qatar LLC (“MISQWLL”)
Lamprell Industrial Services Holdings Limited (“LISH”)
Lamprell Kazakhstan LLP (“LAK”)

Percentage 
of  legal 
ownership 
%

Percentage 
of  beneficial 
ownership 
%

100
100
491
491
100
100
100
100
100
903
100
100
491
5

491
100
1004
491
100
100

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
2

100
100
100
100
100
5

100
100
100
100
100
100

Place of  incorporation

Isle of  Man
British Virgin Islands
UAE
UAE
Isle of  Man
Isle of  Man
British Virgin Islands
Unincorporated
British Virgin Islands
UAE
Republic of  Panama
Republic of  Panama
UAE
UAE
Sultanate of  Oman
Republic of  Panama
Republic of  Panama
Qatar
British Virgin Islands
Kazakhstan

1.  The remaining balance of  51% in each case is registered in the name of  a Gulf  Cooperation Council (“GCC”) National/Entities owned by a GCC National, but has assigned all the 
economic benefits attached to their shareholdings to the Group entity. The Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the 
ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity via management agreements and, accordingly, these entities are consolidated as wholly owned subsidiaries in these 
consolidated financial statements. These shareholders receive sponsorship fees from the Group (Note 24).

2.  The beneficiaries of  the EBT are the employees of  the Group. 
3.  A UAE free zone company (“FZCO”) is required to have a minimum of  two shareholders and, consequently, the balance of  10% is held by an employee of  LEL in trust for the 

beneficial interest of  the Group. A resolution to liquidate this entity was passed on 30 December 2013. 

4.  Sunbelt Safety Services Co. Ltd. Inc. was earlier known as Maritime International Agency Services Ltd (“MIAS”). It was renamed on 5 January 2014.
5.  During 2014, the Group decided to dispose of  Litwin. This transaction was completed on 21 April 2015.

Financial statements80

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

Summary of significant accounting policies 

2 
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of  these consolidated and parent company financial statements are set out 
below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

2.1  Basis of preparation 
The consolidated financial statements of  the Group and the financial statements of  the parent company have been prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“IFRS”) and the Isle of  Man Companies 
Acts 1931 to 2004. In accordance with the provisions of  the Isle of  Man Companies Act 1982, the Company has not presented its own 
statement of  comprehensive income. 

After reviewing its cash flow forecasts for a period of  not less than 12 months from the date of  signing of  these financial statements, 
the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group will have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. Therefore, the Group continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing its financial statements.

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except as disclosed in the accounting polices below.

The preparation of  financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of  certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of  applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree 
of  judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated and parent company financial 
statements, are disclosed in Note 4.

(a)  New and amended standards adopted by the Group 
IFRS 2 (amendments), ‘Share based payment’ clarifies various issues relating to the definitions of  performance and service conditions 
which are vesting conditions. The clarifications are consistent with how the Group has identified any performance and service conditions 
which are vesting conditions in previous periods. The Group has adopted this amendment and it has no impact on the Group. 

IFRS 8 (amendments), ‘Operating segments’ requires disclosure of  the judgements made by management in aggregating operating 
segments and clarifies that a reconciliation of  segment assets must only be disclosed if  segment assets are reported. The Group has 
adopted this amendment and it has no impact on the Group.

IFRS 13 (amendments), ‘Fair value measurement’ confirms that short-term receivables and payables can continue to be measured at 
invoice amounts if  the impact of  discounting is immaterial. It also clarifies that the portfolio exception in IFRS 13 (measuring the fair value 
of  a group of  financial assets and financial liabilities on a net basis) applies to all contracts within the scope of  IAS 39 or IFRS 9. The 
Group has adopted this amendment and it has no impact on the Group.

IAS 19 (amendments), ‘Employee benefits’ regarding employee or third party contributions to defined benefit plans. The amendments 
clarify the accounting for defined benefit plans that require employees or third parties to contribute towards the cost of  the benefits.  
The Group has adopted this amendment and it has no impact on the Group.

(b) 

 New and amended standards and interpretations mandatory for the first time for this financial year beginning 1 January 2015  
but not currently relevant to the Group

IFRS 3 (amendments), ‘Business combinations’ clarifies that all contingent consideration arrangements classified as liabilities (or assets) 
arising from a business combination should be subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss whether or not they fall within the 
scope of  IAS 39. It also clarifies that IFRS 3 does not apply to the accounting for the formation of  any joint arrangement. This amendment 
is currently not applicable to the Group, as the Group has no contingent consideration arrangements arising from a business combination.

IAS 16 (amendments), ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and IAS 38, ‘Intangible assets’ clarifies how the gross carrying amount and 
accumulated depreciation are treated where an entity measures its assets at revalued amounts. This amendment is currently not 
applicable to the Group, as the Group does not measure its assets at revalued amounts.

IAS 24 (amendments), ‘Related party disclosures’ clarifies that a management entity is a related party subject to the related party 
disclosures and is required to disclose the expenses incurred for management services. This amendment is currently not applicable  
to the Group, as the Group does not receive any management services from other entities.

IAS 40 (amendments), ‘Investment property’ clarifies that IAS 40 and IFRS 3 are not mutually exclusive when distinguishing between 
investment property and owner-occupied property and determining whether the acquisition of  an investment property is a business 
combination. This amendment is currently not applicable to the Group, as the Group has no investment property.

(c) 

 New standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not effective for the financial year beginning 1 January 2015  
and not early adopted 

IFRS 5 (amendments), ‘Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations’ regarding assets (or disposal groups) disposed  
of  either through sale or distribution to owners. The amendment clarifies that changing from one of  these disposal methods to the other 
would not be considered a new plan of  disposal, rather it is a continuation of  the original plan. There is, therefore, no interruption of   
the application of  the requirements in IFRS 5. This amendment must be applied prospectively. The Group intends to adopt these 
amendments no later than the accounting period beginning on or after 1 January 2016.

IFRS 7 (amendments), ‘Financial instruments: disclosures’ regarding servicing contracts. The amendment clarifies that a servicing  
contract that includes a fee can constitute continuing involvement in a financial asset. An entity must assess the nature of  the fee and  
the arrangement against the guidance for continuing involvement in IFRS 7 in order to assess whether the disclosures are required.  
The amendment also clarifies that the additional disclosures relating to the offsetting of  financial assets and financial liabilities only  
need to be included in interim reports if  required by IAS 34. The Group intends to adopt these amendments no later than the  
accounting period beginning on or after 1 January 2016.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements81

Summary of significant accounting policies continued

2 
2.1  Basis of preparation continued 
(c) 

 New standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not effective for the financial year beginning 1 January 2015  
and not early adopted continued

IFRS 9, ‘Financial instruments’, addresses the classification, measurement and recognition of  financial assets and financial liabilities.  
The complete version of  IFRS 9 was issued in July 2014. It replaces the guidance in IAS 39 that relates to the classification and 
measurement of  financial instruments. IFRS 9 retains but simplifies the mixed measurement model and establishes three primary 
measurement categories for financial assets: amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and fair value 
through P&L. The basis of  classification depends on the entity’s business model and the contractual cash flow characteristics of  the 
financial asset. Investments in equity instruments are required to be measured at fair value through profit or loss with the irrevocable option 
at inception to present changes in fair value in OCI not recycling. There is now a new expected credit losses model that replaces the 
incurred loss impairment model used in IAS 39. For financial liabilities, there were no changes to classification and measurement except 
for the recognition of  changes in own credit risk in other comprehensive income, for liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss. 
IFRS 9 relaxes the requirements for hedge effectiveness by replacing the bright line hedge effectiveness tests. It requires an economic 
relationship between the hedged item and hedging instrument and for the ‘hedged ratio’ to be the same as the one management actually 
uses for risk management purposes. Contemporaneous documentation is still required but is different to that currently prepared under  
IAS 39. The standard is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Group  
is yet to assess IFRS 9’s full impact.

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 regarding the sale or contribution of  assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture, 
addresses an inconsistency between IFRS 10 and IAS 28 in the sale or contribution of  assets between an investor and its associate  
or joint venture. A full gain or loss is recognised when a transaction involves a business. A partial gain or loss is recognised when a 
transaction involves assets that do not constitute a business, even if  those assets are in a subsidiary. The Group intends to adopt these 
amendments no later than the accounting period beginning on or after 1 January 2016. These amendments are not anticipated to have  
any impact on the Group.

IFRS 11 (amendments), ‘Joint arrangements’ regarding acquisition of  an interest in a joint operation, provides new guidance on how  
to account for the acquisition of  an interest in a joint venture operation that constitutes a business. The amendments require an investor  
to apply the principles of  business combination accounting when it acquires an interest in a joint operation that constitutes a ‘business’.  
The Group intends to adopt these amendments no later than the accounting period beginning on or after 1 January 2016. These 
amendments are not anticipated to have any impact on the Group. 

IFRS 15, ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’, deals with revenue recognition and establishes principles for reporting useful 
information to users of  financial statements about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of  revenue and cash flows arising from  
an entity’s contract with customers. Revenue is recognised when a customer obtains control of  a good or service and thus has the ability 
to direct the use and obtain the benefits from the goods or service. The standard replaces IAS 18 ‘Revenue’ and IAS 11 ‘Construction 
contracts’ and related interpretations. The Group intends to adopt these amendments no later than the accounting period beginning  
on or after 1 January 2018. The Group is assessing the impact of  IFRS 15.

IFRS 16, ‘Leases’, replaces IAS 17 ‘Leases’. Under the new requirements, lessees would be required to recognise assets and liabilities 
arising from both operating and finance leases on the balance sheet. The effective date is 1 January 2019. The standard has not yet been 
endorsed by the EU. The Group is assessing the impact of  IFRS 16.

IAS 1 (amendments), ‘Presentation of  Financial Statements’ Disclosure Initiative clarify, rather than significantly change, existing IAS 1 
requirements. The amendments clarify: the materiality requirements in IAS 1; that specific line items in the statement(s) of  profit or loss  
and OCI and the statement of  financial position may be disaggregated; that entities have flexibility as to the order in which they present  
the notes to financial statements; and that the share of  OCI of  associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method must 
be presented in aggregate as a single line item, and classified between those items that will or will not be subsequently reclassified to 
profit or loss. Furthermore, the amendments clarify the requirements that apply when additional subtotals are presented in the statement  
of  financial position and the statement(s) of  profit or loss and OCI. These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2016 with early adoption permitted. The Group intends to adopt these amendments no later than the accounting period 
beginning on or after 1 January 2016. 

Amendments to IAS 16, ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and IAS 38, ‘Intangible assets’ regarding depreciation and amortisation, clarifies 
that the use of  revenue-based methods to calculate the depreciation of  an asset is not appropriate because revenue generated by an 
activity that includes the use of  an asset generally reflects factors other than the consumption of  the economic benefits embodied in the 
asset. The Group intends to adopt these amendments no later than the accounting period beginning on or after 1 January 2016.

IAS 27 (amendments), ‘Separate financial statements’ regarding the equity method, allows entities to use the equity method to account 
for investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in their separate financial statements. The Group intends to adopt these 
amendments no later than the accounting period beginning on or after 1 January 2016.

IAS 19 (amendments), ‘Employee Benefits’ regarding the additional disclosures relating to the offsetting of  financial assets and 
financial liabilities clarifies that these only need to be included in interim reports if  required by IAS 34. The Group intends to adopt these 
amendments no later than the accounting period beginning on or after 1 January 2016. 

IAS 34 (amendments), ‘Interim Financial Reporting’ clarifies that the required interim disclosures must either be in the interim financial 
statements or incorporated by cross-reference between the interim financial statements and wherever they are included within the interim 
financial report. The Group intends to adopt these amendments no later than the accounting period beginning on or after 1 January 2016. 

Financial statements82

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

Summary of significant accounting policies continued

2 
2.2  Revenue recognition 
(a)  Contract revenue 
Contract revenue is recognised under the percentage-of-completion method. When the outcome of  the contract can be reliably estimated, 
revenue is recognised by reference to the proportion that accumulated costs up to the year-end bear to the estimated total costs of  the 
contract. When the contract is at an early stage and its outcome cannot be reliably estimated, revenue is recognised to the extent of  costs 
incurred up to the year-end which are considered recoverable.

With respect to new build fixed price construction contracts with an expected contract duration of  18 months or greater, profit on such 
contracts will only be recognised when the contract has progressed to 20% based on the total estimated cost of  the contract and the 
ultimate outcome can be reliably estimated.

Revenue related to variation orders is recognised when it is probable that the customer will approve the variation and the amount of  
revenue arising from the variation can be reliably measured.

A claim is recognised as contract revenue when settled or when negotiations have reached an advanced stage such that it is probable  
that the customer will accept the claim and the amount can be measured reliably.

Losses on contracts are assessed on an individual contract basis and provision is made for the full amount of  the anticipated losses, 
including any losses relating to future work on a contract, in the period in which the loss is first foreseen.

The aggregate of  the costs incurred and the profit/loss recognised on each contract is compared against progress billings at the year end. 
Where the sum of  the costs incurred and recognised profit or recognised loss exceeds the progress billings, the balance is shown under 
trade and other receivables as amounts recoverable on contracts. Where the progress billings exceed the sum of  costs incurred and 
recognised profit or recognised loss, the balance is shown under trade and other payables as amounts due to customers on contracts.

In determining contract costs incurred up to the year end, any amounts incurred, including advances paid to suppliers and advance 
billings received from subcontractors relating to future activity on a contract, are excluded and are presented as contract work-in-progress.

(b)  Products and services 
Revenue from sale of  products and services is recognised in the accounting period in which the risks and rewards are transferred or the 
service is rendered. 

Interest income 

(c) 
Interest income is recognised on a time proportion basis using the effective interest rate method.

2.3  Consolidation 
(a)  Subsidiaries 
Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group  
is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its  
power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are 
deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. 

The Group uses the acquisition method of  accounting to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the 
acquisition of  a subsidiary is the fair values of  the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owner of  the acquiree and 
the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of  any asset or liability resulting from 
a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business 
combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises 
any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of  the recognised 
amount of  acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

The excess of  the consideration transferred over the amount of  any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair 
value of  any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of  the Group’s share of  the identifiable net assets acquired is 
recorded as goodwill. If  this is less than the fair value of  the net assets of  the subsidiary acquired in the case of  a bargain purchase,  
the difference is recognised directly in the consolidated statement of  comprehensive income.

Business combinations involving entities under common control do not fall within the scope of  IFRS 3. Consequently, the Directors have  
a responsibility to determine a suitable accounting policy. The Directors have decided to follow the uniting of  interests’ method to account 
for business combinations involving entities under common control.

Under the uniting of  interest method, there is no requirement to fair value the assets and liabilities of  the acquired entities and hence no 
goodwill is recorded as balances remain at book value. Consolidated financial statements include the profit or loss and cash flows for the 
entire year (pre- and post-merger) as if  the subsidiary had always been part of  the Group. The aim is to show the combination as if  it had 
always been combined.

Inter company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses 
are also eliminated but considered an impairment indicator of  the asset transferred. Accounting policies of  subsidiaries have been 
changed or adjustments have been made to the financial statements of  subsidiaries, where necessary, to ensure consistency with the 
policies adopted by the Group.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements83

Summary of significant accounting policies continued

2 
2.3  Consolidation continued
(b)  Disposal of subsidiaries 
When the Group ceases to have control, any retained interest in the entity is re-measured to its fair value at the date when control is lost, 
with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purpose of  subsequently 
accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other 
comprehensive income in respect of  that entity are accounted for as if  the Group had directly disposed of  related asset or liabilities. This 
may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss.

(c)  Joint arrangements 
The Group has applied IFRS 11 to all joint arrangements. Under IFRS 11, investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint 
operations or joint ventures depending on the contractual rights and obligations of  each investor. The Company has assessed the nature 
of  its joint arrangements and determined them to be joint ventures. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. Under the 
equity method of  accounting, interest in joint ventures are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s 
share of  the post-acquisition profits or losses and movements in the consolidated income statement. When the Group’s share of  losses in 
a joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in the joint ventures (which includes any long-term interest that, in substance, forms part of  
the Group’s net investment in the joint ventures), the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made 
payments on behalf  of  the joint ventures.

(d)  Associates 
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of  
between 20% and 50% of  the voting rights. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of  accounting. Under  
the equity method, the investment is initially recognised at cost, and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognise the 
investor’s share of  the profit or loss of  the investee after the date of  acquisition. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill 
identified on acquisition.

The Group’s share of  post-acquisition profit or loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement, and its share of  post-acquisition 
movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in the consolidated statement of  comprehensive income with a corresponding 
adjustment to the carrying amount of  the investment. 

When the Group’s share of  losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured 
receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on 
behalf  of  the associate.

The Group determines at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that the investment in the associate is impaired.  
If  this is the case, the Group calculates the amount of  impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of  the associate  
and its carrying value and recognises the amount adjacent to ‘share of  profit/(loss) of  an associate’ in the consolidated income statement.

Investment in subsidiaries 

2.4 
In the Company’s separate financial statements, the investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost less provision for impairment. Cost is the 
amount of  cash paid or the fair value of  the consideration given to acquire the investment. Income from such investments is recognised  
as dividend in the statement of  comprehensive income. 

2.5  Foreign currency translation 
(a)  Functional and presentation currency 
Items included in the financial statements of  each of  the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of  the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). The Group’s activities are primarily carried out from the UAE, whose 
currency, the UAE Dirham, is pegged to the United States Dollar (“USD”) and is the functional currency of  all the entities in the Group 
(except MISCLP whose functional currency is the Omani Riyal, MISQWLL whose functional currency is the Qatari Riyal, LAK whose 
functional currency is the Kazakh Tenge and EBT whose functional currency is the Great Britain Pound). The consolidated and parent 
company financial statements are presented in US Dollars.

(b)  Transactions and balances 
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of  the 
transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of  such transactions and from the translation at year-end 
exchange rates of  monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the consolidated income statement, 
except when deferred into other comprehensive income as qualifying cash flow hedges.

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to cash and cash equivalents are presented in the consolidated income statement  
within ‘finance income or costs’. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the consolidated income statement within 
‘other gains/(losses) – net’.

Financial statements84

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

Summary of significant accounting policies continued

2 
2.5  Foreign currency translation continued
(c)  Group companies 
The results and financial position of  all the Group entities (none of  which has the currency of  a hyperinflationary economy) that have  
a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

 »

 »

 »

assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of  that balance sheet;

income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates for the year; and

all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of  the net investment in foreign operations, are taken to other 
comprehensive income. When a foreign operation is partially disposed of  or sold, exchange differences that were recorded in equity are 
recognised in the consolidated statement of  comprehensive income as part of  the gain or loss on sale.

2.6  Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The cost of  property, plant and equipment is the purchase 
cost, together with any incidental expenses of  acquisition. Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis over the expected useful 
economic lives of  the assets as follows:

Operating equipment
Buildings and infrastructure
Fixtures and office equipment
Motor vehicles

Years

3 – 15
3 – 25
3 – 5
5

The assets’ residual values, if  significant, and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted, if  appropriate, at each balance sheet date. 
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable 
that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of  the item can be measured reliably. All repairs 
and maintenance are charged to the consolidated income statement during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Capital work-in-progress is stated at cost. When commissioned, capital work-in-progress is transferred to property, plant and equipment 
and depreciated in accordance with Group policies.

Where the carrying amount of  an asset is greater than its estimated recoverable amount, it is written down immediately to its recoverable 
amount (Note 2.22). 

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within  
‘other gains/(losses) – net’ in the consolidated income statement.

Intangible assets 

2.7 
(a)  Goodwill 
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of  subsidiaries and represents the excess of  the consideration transferred over Lamprell plc’s interest 
in the net fair value of  the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of  the acquiree and the value of  the non-controlling 
interest in the acquiree. 

For the purpose of  impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of  the cash generating units 
(“CGUs”) or groups of  CGUs that is expected to benefit from the synergies of  the combination. Each unit or group of  units to which the 
goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. 
Goodwill is monitored at the operating segment level. 

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if  events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential 
impairment. The carrying value of  goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of  value in use and the fair value 
less costs to sell. Any impairment is recognised immediately as an expense and is not subsequently reversed.

(b)  Trade name 
A trade name acquired as part of  a business combination is capitalised, separately from goodwill, at fair value at the date of  acquisition  
if  the asset is separable or arises from contractual or legal rights and its fair value can be measured reliably. Amortisation is calculated  
on a straight line method to allocate the fair value at acquisition over their estimated useful life. The useful life of  a trade name is reviewed 
on an annual basis.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements85

Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Intangible assets continued

2 
2.7 
(c)  Customer relationships 
Customer relationships acquired as part of  a business combination are capitalised, separately from goodwill, at fair value at the date 
of  acquisition if  the asset is separable or arises from contractual or legal rights and its fair value can be measured reliably. Amortisation 
is calculated on a straight line method to allocate the fair value at acquisition over their estimated useful life. The useful life of  customer 
relationships is reviewed on an annual basis.

(d)  Operating lease rights 
Intangible assets representing operating leasehold rights are carried at cost (being the fair value on the date of  acquisition where 
intangibles are acquired in a business combination) less accumulated amortisation and impairment, if  any. Amortisation is calculated 
using the straight line method to allocate the cost of  the leasehold right over its estimated useful life. 

(e)  Computer software 
Directly attributable costs that are capitalised as part of  the software product include the software development employee costs. Other 
development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognised as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously 
recognised as an expense are not recognised as an asset in a subsequent period. Computer software development costs recognised  
as assets are amortised over their estimated useful lives. 

(f)  Work-in-progress 
Work-in-progress is stated at cost. When commissioned, work-in-progress is transferred to intangible assets in accordance with  
Group policies.

Inventories 

2.8 
Inventories comprise raw materials, work-in-progress and consumables which are stated at the lower of  cost and estimated net realisable 
value. Cost is determined on the weighted average basis and comprises direct purchase, direct labour and other costs incurred in 
bringing the inventories to their present location and condition.

2.9  Trade receivables 
Trade receivables are amounts receivable from customers for billing in the ordinary course of  business. If  collection is expected in one 
year or less, they are classified as current assets. If  not, they are presented as non-current assets.

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, 
less provision for impairment. A provision for impairment of  trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the 
Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of  receivables. Significant financial difficulties of  the 
debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments are considered 
indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. The amount of  the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the 
present value of  estimated future cash flows, discounted at the effective interest rate.

The carrying amount of  the asset is reduced through the use of  an allowance account and the amount of  the loss is recognised in the 
consolidated income statement within ‘general and administrative expenses’. When a trade receivable is uncollectable, it is written off  
against the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of  amounts previously written off  are credited against  
‘general and administrative expenses’ in the consolidated income statement.

2.10 Trade payables 
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of  business from  
suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if  payment is due within one year or less. If  not, they are presented  
as non-current liabilities.

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

2.11 Provisions 
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of  past events; it is probable that  
an outflow of  resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; and a reliable estimate of  the amount  
of  the obligation can be made. 

Financial statements86

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

Summary of significant accounting policies continued

2 
2.12 Employee benefits 
(a)  Provision for staff benefits 
A provision is made for the estimated liability for performance related bonus and employees’ entitlements to annual leave and air fare  
as a result of  services rendered by the employees up to the balance sheet date. This provision is disclosed as a current liability and 
included in trade and other payables.

Labour laws in the countries in which the Group operates require the Group to provide for other long-term employment benefits.  
Provision is made, using actuarial techniques, for the end of  service benefits due to employees, for their periods of  service up to the 
balance sheet date. The provision relating to end of  service benefits is disclosed as a non-current liability. Actuarial gains and losses 
arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to equity in other comprehensive 
income in the period in which they arise. The current service cost and interest cost is recognised in the income statement in ‘Employees’ 
end of  service benefits’.

(b)  Share based payments 
The Group operates a number of  equity-settled, share based compensation plans. The fair value of  the employee services received  
in exchange for the grant of  the shares/options is recognised as an expense. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period  
is determined by reference to the fair value of  the shares/options granted, excluding the impact of  any non-market vesting conditions  
(for example, profitability and sales growth targets). Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of  
shares/options that are expected to vest. At each balance sheet date, the entity revises its estimates of  the number of  shares/options  
that are expected to vest. It recognises the impact of  the revision to original estimates, if  any, in the consolidated income statement,  
with a corresponding adjustment to retained earnings.

The Company has granted rights to its equity instruments to the employees of  subsidiary companies conditional upon the completion of  
continuing service with the Group for a specified period. The total amount of  the grant over the vesting period is determined by reference 
to the fair value of  the equity instruments granted and is recognised in each period as an increase in the investment in the subsidiary with 
a corresponding credit to retained earnings. 

In the separate financial statements of  the subsidiary, the fair value of  the employee services received in exchange for the grant of  the 
equity instruments of  the Company is recognised as an expense with a corresponding credit to equity.

2.13 Leases 
Leases in which a significant portion of  the risks and rewards of  ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. 
Payments made under operating leases (net of  any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the consolidated income statement 
on a straight line basis over the period of  the lease.

2.14 Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, current accounts with banks less margin deposits, other short-term highly liquid 
investments with original maturity of  three months or less and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current 
liabilities on the balance sheet.

2.15 Borrowings 
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of  transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost; 
any difference between the proceeds (net of  transaction costs) and the repayment value is recognised in the consolidated statement of  
income over the period of  the borrowings using the effective interest method. The Group capitalises general and specific borrowing costs 
directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of  a qualifying asset as part of  the cost of  that asset. All other borrowing 
costs are recognised in consolidated income statement in the period in which they are incurred.

Fees paid on the establishment of  loan facilities are recognised as transaction costs of  the loan. The fee is capitalised and amortised over 
the period of  the facility to which it relates. 

2.16 Dividend distribution 
Dividend distributions are recognised as a liability in the Group’s consolidated and parent company financial statements in the period  
in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders.

2.17 Segment reporting 
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief  operating decision-maker.  
The chief  operating decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and accessing performance of  the operating segments, 
has been identified as the Executive Directors that make strategic decisions. 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements87

Summary of significant accounting policies continued

2 
2.18 Current and deferred income tax 
The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent 
that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively. 

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of  the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date  
in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates 
positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which the applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes 
provisions where appropriate on the basis of  amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is recognised, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of  assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if  they 
arise from the initial recognition of  goodwill; deferred income tax is not accounted for if  it arises from initial recognition of  an asset or liability 
in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of  the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. 

Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date 
and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled. 

Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which  
the temporary differences can be utilised. 

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except for deferred income tax liability 
where the timing of  the reversal of  the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will 
not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when the deferred income taxes assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either 
the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

2.19 Financial assets 
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: at fair value through profit or loss and loans and receivables. Currently, 
the Group does not have any available-for-sale and held-to-maturity financial assets. The classification depends on the purpose for which 
the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of  its financial assets at initial recognition.

(a)  Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are financial assets held for trading. A financial asset is classified in this category 
if  acquired principally for the purpose of  selling in the short term. Derivatives are also categorised as held for trading unless they are 
designated as hedges. Assets in this category are classified as current assets.

Financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognised at fair value and transaction costs are expensed in 
the consolidated income statement. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have 
expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of  ownership.

Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of  the ‘financial assets at fair value through profit or loss’ category are presented  
in the consolidated income statement within ‘other gains/(losses) – net’ in the period in which they arise.

(b)  Loans and receivables 
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. 
They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the balance sheet date. These are classified  
as non-current assets. 

The Group’s loans and receivables comprise trade receivables (Note 2.9), other receivables (excluding prepayments), receivables  
from a related party and cash and cash equivalents (Note 2.14) in the consolidated balance sheet and amounts due from related parties 
(Note 24), other receivables and cash at bank (Note 22) in the Company balance sheet.

Loans and receivables are initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs and subsequently carried at amortised cost less provision 
for impairment. The amortised cost is computed using the effective interest method. 

Loans and receivables are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the counterparty have expired or have been 
transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of  the ownership.

Impairment of financial assets 

(c) 
The Group assesses at the end of  each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of  financial 
assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of  financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if  there is objective 
evidence of  impairment as a result of  one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of  the asset (a “loss event”) and that 
loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of  the financial asset or group of  financial assets that can be 
reliably estimated.

Financial statements88

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

Summary of significant accounting policies continued

2 
2.20 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities 
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at their 
fair value. The method of  recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument 
and, if  so, the nature of  the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of  a particular risk associated with a 
recognised asset or liability, or a highly probable forecast transaction (cash flow hedge).

The Group documents at the inception of  the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its 
risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at 
hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of  whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting 
changes in fair values or cash flows of  hedged items.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain 
or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the 
consolidated income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported 
in equity is immediately transferred to the consolidated income statement within ‘other gains/(losses) – net’.

The fair values of  various derivative instruments used for hedging purposes are disclosed in Note 28. The full fair value of  a hedging 
derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining hedged item is more than 12 months and as a current asset  
or liability when the remaining maturity of  the hedged item is less than 12 months. 

The effective portion of  changes in the fair value of  derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in other 
comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement 
within ‘other gains/(losses) – net’.

Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the item affects profit or loss (for example, when  
the forecast sale that is hedged takes place). The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised in the consolidated  
income statement within ‘other gains/(losses) – net’. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition  
of  a non-financial asset (for example, contracts work-in-progress or fixed assets), the gains and losses previously deferred in equity  
are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of  the cost of  the asset. The deferred amounts are ultimately 
recognised in cost of  goods sold in the case of  contracts work in progress or in depreciation in the case of  fixed assets.

2.21 Assets (or disposal groups) held for sale 
Assets (or disposal groups) are classified as assets held for sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale 
transaction and a sale is considered highly probable. They are stated at the lower of  carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

2.22 Impairment of non-financial assets 
Assets that have an indefinite useful life – for example, goodwill or intangible assets not ready to use – are not subject to amortisation and 
are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the 
asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of  an asset’s fair value less cost to sell and 
its value in use. For the purposes of  assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable 
cash flows (cash generating units). Non-financial assets that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of  the impairment  
at each reporting date. Any material impairment loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement and separately disclosed.

2.23 Share capital 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of  new shares or options are shown in equity as 
a deduction, net of  tax, from the proceeds. The excess of  proceeds received net of  any directly attributable transaction costs over the par 
value of  the shares is credited to the share premium.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly 
attributable incremental costs (net of  income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares 
are cancelled or reissued. Where such shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of  any directly attributable 
incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.

3.  Financial risk management 
3.1  Financial risk factors 
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of  financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange and cash flow interest rate risk), 
credit risk and liquidity risk. These risks are evaluated by management on an ongoing basis to assess and manage critical exposures.  
The Group’s liquidity and market risks are managed as part of  the Group’s treasury activities. Treasury operations are conducted within  
a framework of  established policies and procedures. 

(a)  Market risk – foreign exchange risk 
The Group has foreign exchange risk primarily with respect to balances in Euro and Saudi Riyal with certain suppliers. During the year 
ended 31 December 2015, if  foreign exchange rates on foreign balances had been 10% higher/lower, the exchange difference would  
have been higher/lower by USD 139,602 (2014: USD 122,918).

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements89

Financial risk management continued

3 
3.1  Financial risk factors continued
(b)  Market risk – cash flow interest rate risk 
The Group holds its surplus funds in short-term bank deposits. During the year ended 31 December 2015, if  interest rates on deposits had 
been 0.5% higher/lower, the interest income would have been higher/lower by USD 1,395,304 (2014: USD 1,358,744).

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. Borrowings at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate 
risk which is covered by the Group by taking fixed interest rate swaps against the variable rates. Under these swaps, the Group agrees with 
other parties to exchange, at specified intervals (mainly quarterly), the difference between fixed contract rates and floating rate interest 
amounts calculated by reference to the agreed notional principal amounts. During the year ended 31 December 2015, if  interest rates  
on borrowings had been 0.5% higher/lower, the interest expense would have been higher/lower by USD 462,028 (2014: USD 543,411).

(c)  Credit risk 
The Group’s exposure to credit risk is detailed in Notes 15, 21, 22 and 28. The Group has a policy for dealing with customers with an 
appropriate credit history. The Group has policies that limit the amount of  credit exposure to any financial institution.

Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, deposits with banks, financial assets carried 
at fair value through profit or loss, trade and other receivables and derivative financial instruments. The Group has a formal procedure of  
monitoring and follow up of  customers for outstanding receivables. For banks and financial institutions, only independently rated parties 
with a minimum rating of  ‘B’ are accepted. The Group assesses internally the credit quality of  each customer, taking into account its 
financial position, past experience and other factors.

At 31 December 2015, the Group had a significant concentration of  credit risk with nine of  its largest customer balances accounting 
for 88% (2014: 57%) of  trade receivables outstanding at that date. Management believes that this concentration of  credit risk is 
mitigated as the Group conducts credit checks internally and through expert third party providers for new counterparties or in support 
of  major contracts, payment terms under contract are carefully managed and protection against non-payment is built into contractual 
documentation to ensure the Group has a right to remedy in the event of  delayed/non-payment. 

The following table shows the rating and balance of  the 13 major counterparties at the balance sheet date:

Counterparty

Bank A
Bank B
Bank C
Bank D

1.  Based on Fitch’s long-term ratings.

Customer 1
Customer 2
Customer 3
Customer 4
Customer 5
Customer 6
Customer 7
Customer 8
Customer 9

2015

External
rating1

A+
A+
AA- 
AA- 

USD’000

171,549
51,922
34,268
11,614
269,353

2014

External
rating1

AA- 
A+
AA- 
AA- 

2015

2014

Internal 
rating2

Group B
Group C
Group B
Group B
Group A
Group B 
Group B 
Group A 
Group B 

Internal 
rating2

Group A
Group C
Group B
Group B
Group A
Group C
Group B
Group A
Group C

USD’000

38,798
23,665
12,548
5,332
2,159
1,156
1,096
773
649
86,176

USD’000

195,700
115,362
35,654
11,511
358,227

USD’000

4,888
3,928
3,892
3,359
3,091
2,753
2,081
1,935
1,851
27,778

2.  Refer to Note 15 for the description of  internal ratings.

The above represents 94% (2014: 57%) of  trade receivables of  USD 94.1 million (2014: USD 48.6 million) (Note 21).

The counterparties in 2015 are not necessarily the same counterparties in 2014.

Management does not expect any losses from non-performance by these counterparties.

Financial statements90

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

Financial risk management continued

3 
3.1  Financial risk factors continued
(d)  Liquidity risk 
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and the availability of  funding through an adequate amount of  
committed credit facilities. The Group is currently financed from shareholders’ equity and borrowings. 

The Group’s liquidity risk on derivative financial instruments is disclosed in Note 28.

The following table analyses the Group’s other financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the 
balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

31 December 2015
Trade and other payables (excluding due to customers  
  on contracts) (Note 29)
Derivative financial instruments (Note 28)
Borrowings (Note 31)

31 December 2014
Trade and other payables (excluding due to customers  
  on contracts) (Note 29)
Derivative financial instruments (Note 28)
Borrowings (Note 31)

Carrying 
amount 
USD’000

Contractual 
cash flows
USD’000

Less than
1 year
USD’000

Between 
2 to 5 years
USD’000

171,342
18
79,299
250,659

168,923
269
98,979
268,171

–
–
80,456
80,456

–
–
100,456
100,456

–
4
20,456
20,460

–
269
20,456
20,725

–
14
60,000
60,014

–
–
80,000
80,000

3.2  Capital risk management 
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide 
returns for shareholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of  capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of  dividends paid to shareholders, or issue new 
shares to reduce debt.

The Group monitors capital on the basis of  the gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total capital. Net debt is 
calculated as total borrowings (including current and non-current borrowings as shown in the balance sheet) less cash and bank 
balances. Total capital is calculated as “equity” as shown in the balance sheet plus net debt. 

At the balance sheet date, the Group has no net debt and was therefore un-geared.

3.3  Fair value estimation 
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:

(a)  Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1);
(b) 

Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices)  
or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2); and
Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

(c) 

There are no assets at 31 December 2015 measured at fair value. The following table presents the Group’s assets that are measured  
at fair value at 31 December 2014: 

Derivative financial instruments (Note 28)

Level 1
USD’000

–

Level 2
USD’000

69

Level 3
USD’000

–

Total
USD’000

69

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements 
91

Financial risk management continued

3 
3.3  Fair value estimation continued
The following table presents the Group’s liabilities that are measured at fair value:

31 December 2015
Derivative financial instruments (Note 28)

31 December 2014
Derivative financial instrument (Note 28)

Level 1
USD’000

Level 2
USD’000

Level 3
USD’000

Total
USD’000

–

–

18

269

–

–

18

269

The fair value of  financial instruments that are not traded in an active market is determined by using valuation techniques. These valuation 
techniques maximise the use of  observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity specific estimates. If  all 
significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in Level 2. If  one or more of  the significant 
inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in Level 3.

Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments include:

(a)  Quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments; and
(b)  Other techniques, such as discounted cash flow analysis, are used to determine fair value for the remaining financial instruments.

4  Critical accounting estimates and judgements 
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of  
future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the 
future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that 
have a significant risk of  causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of  assets and liabilities within the next financial year are  
as follows:

Revenue recognition 
The Group uses the percentage-of-completion method in accounting for its contract revenue. Use of  the percentage-of-completion method 
requires the Group to estimate the stage of  completion of  the contract to date as a proportion of  the total contract work to be performed  
in accordance with the accounting policy set out in Note 2.2. As a result, the Group is required to estimate the total cost to completion of  
all outstanding projects at each period end. The application of  a 10% sensitivity to management estimates of  the total costs to completion 
of  all outstanding projects at the year-end would result in the revenue and profit increasing by USD 30.5 million (2014: USD 4.4 million)  
if  the total costs to complete are decreased by 10% and the revenue and profit decreasing by USD 28.5 million (2014: USD 4.4 million)  
if  the total costs to complete are increased by 10%.

Estimated impairment of goodwill 
The Group tests goodwill (Note 17) for impairment annually or more frequently if  events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential 
impairment. Goodwill is monitored by management at the “cash generating unit relating to upgrade and refurbishment of  offshore jackup 
rigs, fabrication, assembly and new build construction for the offshore oil and gas and renewables sectors, including FPSO and other 
offshore and onshore structures, oilfield engineering services, including the upgrade and refurbishment of  land rigs” (“CGU1”). This CGU 
also represents the operating segment UAE for the Group (Note 5).

The recoverable amount of  CGU1 is determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations require the use of  estimates  
(Note 17). 

The amount of  headroom is USD 311.6 million (2014: USD 290.6 million). 

If  the revenue growth rate used was to differ by 0.5% from management’s estimates, in isolation, there would be a reduction of   
USD 3.9 million (2014: USD 5.7 million) in the headroom if  the revenue growth rate was lower or the headroom would be higher  
by USD 3.9 million (2014: USD 5.7 million) if  the revenue growth rate was higher. 

If  the discount rate used was to differ by 0.5% from management’s estimates, in isolation, there would be a reduction in the headroom  
of  USD 48.0 million (2014: USD 55.2 million) if  the discount rate was to increase or an increase in the headroom by USD 54.2 million 
(2014: USD 63.5 million) if  the discount rate was to decrease. 

If  the net profit as a percentage of  revenue used was to differ by 0.5% from management’s estimates, in isolation, there would be an 
increase of  USD 66.4 million (2014: USD 62.1 million) in the headroom if  the net profit was to increase or there would be an reduction  
in the headroom of  USD 66.4 million (2014: USD 62.1 million) in the headroom if  the net profit was to decrease. 

If  the terminal value growth rate used was to differ by 0.5% from management’s estimates, in isolation, there would be a reduction  
in the headroom of  USD 35.5 million (2014: USD 43.4 million) if  the terminal value growth rate was lower or an increase in the headroom  
of  USD 40.8 million (2014: USD 49.8 million) if  the terminal value growth rate was higher.

Financial statements92

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

4  Critical accounting estimates and judgements continued
Estimated impairment of investment in subsidiaries 
The Company tests investment in subsidiaries (Note 18) for impairment annually or more frequently if  events or changes in circumstances 
indicate a potential impairment. The recoverable amount of  the investment in subsidiaries is determined based on value-in-use calculations. 
These calculations require the use of  estimates. These calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved 
by management covering a three-year period. 

Cash flows beyond the three-year period are extrapolated using the estimated revenue growth rate of  5% (2014: 5%). A discount rate of  
10.39% (2014: 10.46%) is used to discount the pre-tax cash flows projections to the present value. In determining the appropriate discount 
rate, the Group considers the weighted average cost of  capital employed, which takes into consideration the risk free rate of  US treasury 
bonds with the long-term maturity period, UAE inflation rate, equity risk premium on the entities operating from UAE, Group’s beta and cost 
of  Group’s debt.

The amount of  headroom is USD 354.7 million (2014: USD 381.7 million).

If  the revenue growth rate used was to differ by 0.5% from management’s estimates, in isolation, the headroom would be lower by  
USD 3.9 million (2014: USD 5.8 million) if  the revenue growth rate was decreased or the headroom would be higher by USD 3.9 million 
(2014: USD 5.8 million) if  the revenue growth rate was increased.

If  the discount rate used was to differ by 0.5% from management’s estimates, in isolation, the headroom would be lower by USD 48.2 million 
(2014: USD 56.7 million) if  the discount rate was increased or the headroom would be higher by USD 55.1 million (2014: USD 65.4 million)  
if  the discount rate was decreased. 

If  the net profit as a percentage of  revenue was to differ by 0.5% from management’s estimates, in isolation, the headroom would be lower 
by USD 67.0 million (2014: USD 63.2 million) if  the net profit as a percentage of  revenue was lower or the headroom would be higher by 
USD 67.0 million (2014: USD 63.2 million) if  the net profit as a percentage of  revenue was higher.

If  the terminal value growth rate was to differ by 0.5% from management’s estimates, in isolation, the headroom would be lower by  
USD 35.9 million (2014: USD 44.7 million) if  the terminal value growth rate was lower or the headroom would be higher by USD 41.3 million 
(2014: USD 51.4 million) if  the terminal value growth rate was increased. 

Employees’ end of service benefits 
The rate used for discounting the employees’ post-employment defined benefit obligation should be based on market yields on high quality 
corporate bonds. In countries where there is no deep market for such bonds, the market yields on government bonds should be used.  
In the UAE, there is no deep market for corporate bonds and no market for government bonds and, therefore, the discount rate has been 
estimated using the US AA-rated corporate bond market as a proxy. On this basis, the discount rate applied was 3.5% (2014: 3.5%). If  the 
discount rate used was to differ by 0.5 points from management’s estimates, the carrying amount of  the employees’ end of  the service 
benefits provision at the balance sheet date would be an estimated USD 1.0 million (2014: USD 1.5 million) lower or USD 1.4 million (2014: 
USD 1.6 million) higher. If  the salary growth rate used was to differ by 0.5 points from management’s estimates, the carrying amount of  the 
employees’ end of  the service benefits provision at the balance sheet date would be an estimated USD 1.4 million (2014: USD 1.5 million) 
higher or USD 1.0 million (2014: USD 1.6 million) lower. 

Segment information 

5 
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief  operating decision-maker at 
the reporting date. The chief  operating decision-maker has been identified as the Executive Directors who make strategic decisions. 
The Executive Directors review the Group’s internal reporting in order to assess performance and allocate resources. Management has 
determined the operating segments based on these reports.

In prior periods, the business reported on the basis of  the facility from where the services were rendered. With effect from 1 January 2015, 
the business was reorganised into business units on the basis of  services rendered. Segment comparatives are restated to reflect the 
organisational changes that have occurred since the prior reporting period to present a like-for-like view. 

The Executive Directors manage the business on the basis of  the business units from which the services are rendered. Management 
considers the performance of  the business from New Build Jackup Rigs (“NBJR”), Modules, (“MOD”), Offshore Platforms (“OP”) and  
Oil and Gas Contracting Services (“OGCS”). 

NBJR derives its revenue from assembly and new build construction for the offshore oil and gas and renewables sectors; MOD derives 
its revenue from fabricating packaged, pre-assembled and modularised units and constructing accommodation and complex process 
modules for onshore downstream projects; OP derives its revenue from construction of  complex living quarters, wellhead decks, topsides, 
jackets and other offshore fixed facilities; and OGCS derives its revenue from rig refurbishment, land rig services, engineering and 
construction and operations and maintenance.

These business units are viewed by the management as three operating segments – United Arab Emirates “UAE”, Qatar “QTR” and 
Kazakhstan “KZK” – based on common pool of  resources and ability to execute the projects on an interchangeable basis. 

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements93

Segment information continued

5 
UAE is reported as a single segment (Segment A). Services provided from QTR and KZK do not meet the quantitative thresholds required 
by IFRS 8 and the results of  these operating segments are included in the “all other segments” column. 

Year ended 31 December 2015
Revenue from external customers
Gross operating profit
Year ended 31 December 2014
Revenue from external customers
Gross operating profit

Segment A
USD’000

865,802
173,179

1,077,921
233,292

All other 
segments 
USD’000

5,256
1,696

6,969
2,511

Total
USD’000

871,058
174,875

1,084,890
235,803

Sales between segments are carried out on agreed terms. The revenue from external parties reported to the Executive Directors is 
measured in a manner consistent with that in the consolidated income statement.

The Executive Directors assess the performance of  the operating segments based on a measure of  gross profit. The staff, equipment and 
certain subcontract costs are measured based on standard cost. The measurement basis excludes the effect of  the common expenses  
for yard rent, repairs and maintenance and other miscellaneous expenses. 

The reconciliation of  the gross profit is provided as follows:

Gross operating profit for the reportable segments as reported to the Executive Directors
Gross operating profit for other segments as reported to the Executive Directors
Unallocated:
Employee and equipment costs
Repairs and maintenance
Yard rent and depreciation
Others
Gross profit
Selling and distribution expenses (Note 7)
General and administrative expenses (Note 9)
Other gains/(losses) – net (Note 12)
Finance costs (Note 11)
Finance income (Note 11)
Others
Profit for the year from continuing operations

2015
USD’000

173,179
1,696

(14,523)
(18,636)
(12,667)
(5,529)
123,520
(1,771)
(44,318)
260
(14,647)
2,679
777
66,500

2014
USD’000

233,292
2,511

(11,841)
(21,776)
(15,249)
(4,857)
182,080
(1,773)
(72,700)
1,456
(20,516)
2,166
2,507
93,220

Information about segment assets and liabilities is not reported to or used by the Executive Directors and accordingly no measures of  
segment assets and liabilities are reported.

Financial statements 
94

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

Segment information continued

5 
The breakdown of  revenue from all business units is as follows:

New build jackup rigs
Oil & gas contracting services
Modules
Offshore platforms

2015
USD’000

675,821
136,216
47,121
11,900
871,058

2014
USD’000

748,391
253,870
4,636
77,993
1,084,890

The Group’s principal place of  business is in the UAE. The revenue recognised in the UAE with respect to services performed to  
external customers is USD 865.8 million (2014: USD 1,077.9 million), and the revenue recognised from the operations in other countries  
is USD 5.3 million (2014: USD 7.0 million). 

Certain customers individually accounted for greater than 10% of  the Group’s revenue and are shown in the table below:

External customer A
External customer B
External customer C

2015
USD’000

275,296
196,462
147,251
619,009

2014
USD’000

275,026
155,768
144,952
575,746

The revenue from these customers is attributable to Segment A. The above customers in 2015 are not necessarily the same customers  
in 2014.

6  Cost of sales 

Materials and related costs
Subcontract costs
Staff  costs (Note 10)
Subcontract labour
Equipment hire
Depreciation (Note 16)
Repairs and maintenance
Yard rent
Warranty costs and other liabilities – net
Others

7 

Selling and distribution expenses 

Travel
Advertising and marketing
Entertainment
Others

2015
USD’000

445,461
77,561
150,979
20,968
5,136
16,818
18,636
6,754
(4,000)
9,225
747,538

2014
USD’000

420,939
187,357
163,614
38,394
19,252
23,979
21,776
6,707
6,989
13,803
902,810

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

628
359
143
641
1,771

1,055
480
144
94
1,773

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statementsShare based payments 

8 
Group 

Amount of  share based charge (Note 10):
– relating to free share plan
– relating to executive share option plan
– relating to performance share plan

Company 

Amount of  share based charge:
– relating to free share plan
– relating to executive share option plan
– relating to performance share plan

95

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

126
130
2,918
 3,174

143
15
926
1,084

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

90
130
905
1,125

11
15
92
118

Free share plan 
The Company awarded shares to selected Directors, key management personnel and employees under the free share plan that provides 
an entitlement to receive these shares at no cost. These free shares are conditional on the Directors/key management personnel/employee 
completing a specified period of  service (the vesting period). The award does not have any performance conditions and does not entitle 
participants to dividend equivalents during the vesting period. The fair value of  the share awards made under this plan is based on the 
share price at the date of  the grant, less the value of  the dividends foregone during the vesting period.

The details of  the shares granted under this scheme are as follows:

Grant date

2014
30 June 2014
18 November 2014

Number of  
shares

Vesting  
period

Fair value  
per share

Expected 
withdrawal 
rate

40,000
122,499
162,499

36 months
36 months

£ 1.55
£ 1.41

–
–

A charge of  USD 125,661 (2014: USD 143,000) is recognised in the consolidated income statement for the year with a corresponding 
credit to the consolidated retained earnings. This includes a charge recognised in the income statement of  the Company with a 
corresponding credit to retained earnings of  USD 90,356 (2014: USD 11,000).

The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to settle the free share awards in cash.

An analysis of  the number of  shares granted, vested during the year and expected to vest in future periods is provided below:

Shares expected to vest in future periods at 1 January 2014
Shares granted under the free share awards
Shares vested under the free share awards
Shares expected to vest in future periods at 31 December 2014 and 31 December 2015

Number  

of  shares

127,500
162,499
(127,500)
162,499

Financial statements96

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

Share based payments continued

8 
Executive share option plan 
Share options are granted by the Company to certain employees under the executive share option plan. This option plan does not entitle 
the employees to dividends. These options are conditional on the employee completing three years of  service (the vesting period) and 
hence the options are exercisable starting three years from the grant date and have a contracted option term of  10 years. The Group has 
no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash.

The movement in the number of  share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise price is as follows:

At 1 January 2009
Granted in 2009
Forfeited in 2009
At 31 December 2009 and 2010
Vested and exercised
Vested but not exercised
At 31 December 2011
Adjustment for the rights issue
Vested and exercised
At 31 December 2012 and 2013
Granted in 2014
At 31 December 2014 and 2015

Exercise 
price in 
£ per share
3.22
0.57
3.22
0.93
3.22
3.22
0.57
0.57
0.57

1.41

Options
105,369
550,000
(19,585)
635,784
(35,253)
(50,531)
550,000
55,048
(605,048)

340,855
340,855

Vesting date
16 May 2010
31 March 2012

Expiry date
16 May 2017
31 March 2019

17 November 2017

27 November 2027

The outstanding options as at 31 December 2015 have a fair value per option of  £0.73.

5,876 options under this plan were vested on the due date but not exercised or lapsed at 31 December 2015 (2014: 5,876). 

A charge of  USD 130,470 (2014: USD 15,000) is recognised in the consolidated income statement for the year with a corresponding credit 
to the consolidated retained earnings. This includes a charge recognised in the income statement of  the Company with a corresponding 
credit to retained earnings of  USD 130,470 (2014: USD 15,000).

Performance share plan 
The Company granted share awards to Directors, key management personnel and selected employees that give them an entitlement to 
receive a certain number of  shares subject to the satisfaction of  a performance target and continued employment. The performance target 
related to the growth in the Group’s earnings per share. The fair value of  the share awards made under this plan is based on the share 
price at the date of  the grant less the value of  the dividends foregone during the vesting period. 

The details of  the shares granted under this scheme are as follows:

Grant date
2010
15 April 2010
2011
2 September 2011
8 December 2011

2012
16 April 2012
2014
30 June 2014
30 June 2014
18 November 2014
18 November 2014

2015
9 April 2015
9 April 2015
9 April 2015
21 September 2015

Number 
of  shares

Vesting 
period

Fair value 
per share

Dividend 
entitlement

502,572

36 months

£ 2.57

339,448
38,512
377,960

36 months
36 months

£ 2.97
£ 2.81

507,216

36 months

£ 3.19

1,080,142
470,000
321,691
321,691
2,193,524

416,569
1,671,505
495,000
292,570
2,875,644

36 months
36 months
24 months
36 months

36 months
36 months
36 months
14 months

£ 1.35
£ 1.55
£ 1.41
£ 1.23

£ 1.05
£ 1.05
£ 1.20
£ 0.67

No

Yes
Yes

No

No
No
No
No

No
No
No
No

Expected 
withdrawal 
rate

5%

–
–

–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements 
97

Share based payments continued

8 
Performance share plan continued
Accordingly, a charge of  USD 2,918,062 (2014: USD 926,000) is recognised in the consolidated income statement for the year with  
a corresponding credit to the consolidated retained earnings. During 2015, this includes a charge recognised in the income statement  
of  the Company with a corresponding credit to retained earnings of  USD 905,000 (2014: USD 92,000).

The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to settle the free share awards in cash.

An analysis of  the number of  shares gifted/granted, vested during the year and expected to vest in future periods is provided below:

Shares expected to vest in future periods at 1 January 2014
Shares granted under performance share plan
Shares vested under performance share plan
Shares lapsed due to non-satisfaction of  vesting conditions
Shares expected to vest in future periods at 31 December 2014
Shares granted under performance share plan
Shares lapsed due to non-satisfaction of  vesting conditions
Shares expected to vest in future periods at 31 December 2015

9  General and administrative expenses 

Staff  costs (Note 10)
Legal, professional and consultancy fees
Depreciation (Note 16)
Amortisation of  intangible assets (Note 17)
Utilities and communication
(Release)/provision for impairment of  trade receivables – net
Bank charges
Others

10  Staff costs 

Wages and salaries
Employees’ end of  service benefits (Note 27)
Share based payments – value of  services provided (Note 8)
Other benefits

Staff  costs are included in:
Cost of  sales (Note 6)
General and administrative expenses (Note 9)

Number of  employees at 31 December

Number of  
shares

157,471
2,193,524
(60,080)
(34,333)
2,256,582
2,875,644
(336,293)
4,795,933

2014
USD’000

38,519
5,067
3,627
11,895
718
6,871
286
5,717
72,700

2014
USD’000

116,490
6,229
1,084
78,330
202,133

163,614
38,519
202,133
6,912

2015
USD’000

34,054
3,346
2,560
2,624
932
(6,100)
184
6,718
44,318

2015
USD’000

120,611
6,313
3,174
54,935
185,033

150,979
34,054
185,033
7,736

Staff  costs capitalised during the year and not included above amount to USD 7.5 million (2014: USD 0.5 million). 

Financial statements 
98

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

10  Staff costs continued
Directors’ remuneration comprises: 

Salary
2015
USD’000

Fees
2015
USD’000 

Allowances 
& benefits 
2015
USD’000

Share based 
payments
2015
USD’000

Post- 
employment 
benefits
2015
USD’000

Total 
2015
USD’000

Total 
2014
USD’000

–
753
157
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
910

294
–
–
–

174
40
87
115
125
40
34
909

–
551
150
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
701

105
1,034
44
–

55
–
–
–
–
–
–
1,238

–
44
7
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
51

399  

2,382
358
–

229
40
87
115
125
40
34
3,809

–
1,823
–
2,170

318
96
146
125
121
–
–
4,799

Executive Directors
John Kennedy1
Jim Moffat
Antony Wright2
Joanne Curin3
Non-Executive Directors
John Kennedy1
Peter Whitbread4
Michael Press5
John Malcolm 
Ellis Armstrong
Mel Fitzgerald6
Debra Valentine7
Total

The emoluments of  the highest paid Director were USD 2.4 million (2014: USD 2.2 million) and these principally comprised salary, bonus 
and benefits.

1.  Appointed Executive Chairman with effect from 13 August 2015. 
2.  Appointed as Chief  Financial Officer and Director on 13 August 2015.
3.  Appointed as Chief  Financial Officer and Director on 1 October 2013 and resigned with effect from 17 November 2014. 
4.  Retired as Non-Executive Director with effect from 12 May 2015.
5.  Retired as Non-Executive Director with effect from 13 August 2015.
6.  Appointed as Non-Executive Director on 13 August 2015.
7.  Appointed as Non-Executive Director on 1 September 2015.

11  Finance costs – net 

Finance costs:
Bank guarantee charges
Interest on bank borrowings
Commitment fees
Others

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

5,300
3,588
3,829
1,930
14,647

11,232
6,006
1,728
1,550
20,516

Finance income
Finance income comprises interest income of  USD 2.7 million (2014: USD 2.2 million) from bank deposits.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements 
12  Other gains/(losses) – net 

Exchange (loss)/gain – net
Profit on disposal of  assets
Net loss on derivatives 
Others

99

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

(16)
315
(780)
741
260

1,164
162
(156)
286
1,456

13  Earnings per share 
(a)  Basic 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the equity holders of  the Company by the weighted average 
number of  ordinary shares in issue during the year excluding ordinary shares purchased by the Company and held as treasury shares 
(Note 25).

(b)  Diluted 
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of  ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion 
of  all dilutive potential ordinary shares. For the free share awards, options under executive share option plan and performance share plan, 
a calculation is performed to determine the number of  shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined as the average 
annual market share price of  the Company’s shares) based on the monetary value of  the subscription rights attached to outstanding share 
awards/options. The number of  shares calculated as above is compared with the number of  shares that would have been issued assuming 
the exercise of  the share awards/options. 

The calculations of  earnings per share are based on the following profit and numbers of  shares:

Profit for the year (USD’000)
Weighted average number of  shares for basic earnings per share
Adjustments for:
– Assumed exercise of  the free share awards 
– Assumed vesting of  performance share plan
Weighted average number of  shares for diluted earnings per share
Earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
Earnings per share from continued operations:
Basic
Diluted
(Loss)/earnings per share from discontinued operations:
Basic
Diluted

2015

2014

64,700
341,710,302

118,057
315,591,024

51,331
1,683,467
343,445,100

3,640
242,361
315,837,025

18.93c
18.84c

19.46c
19.36c

(0.53c)
(0.52c)

37.41c
37.38c

29.54c
29.52c

7.87c
7.86c

The 340,855 options (2014: 340,855 options) granted on 18 November 2014 are not included in the calculation of  diluted earnings  
per share because they are antidilutive for the year ended 31 December 2014 and 2015. These options could potentially dilute basic 
earnings per share in future.

Financial statements100

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

14  Operating profit 
(a)  Operating profit
Operating profit (from continuing operations) is stated after charging/recognising:

Depreciation 
Operating lease rentals – land and buildings
(Release)/provision for impairment of  trade receivables (Note 21)

(b)  Auditor’s remuneration 
Services provided by the Group’s auditors and its associates comprised:

Auditor’s remuneration – audit and related services
Auditor’s remuneration – taxation and other services
Auditor’s remuneration – other services1

1.  Comparative numbers mainly relate to capital markets support for the rights issue.

15  Financial instruments by category 
The accounting policies for financial instruments have been applied to the line items below:

Group
Assets as per balance sheet

Derivative financial instruments (Note 28)
Trade receivables net of  provision (Note 21)
Other receivables excluding prepayments
Due from related parties (Note 24)
Cash and bank balances (Note 22)

Liabilities as per balance sheet

Classification

Fair value through profit or loss
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables

Classification

Derivative financial instruments (Note 28)
Trade payables (Note 29)
Due to a related party (Note 24)
Accruals (Note 29)
Provision for warranty costs and other liabilities (Note 30)
Borrowings (Note 31)

Fair value through profit or loss
Liabilities at amortised cost
Liabilities at amortised cost
Liabilities at amortised cost
Liabilities at amortised cost
Liabilities at amortised cost

2015
USD’000

19,378
12,437
(6,100)

2014
USD’000

27,654
16,609
7,798

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

568
101
–

663
229
643

2015 
USD’000

–
88,926
6,404
13
289,618
384,961

2015 
USD’000

18
44,065
122
127,155
8,334
79,299
258,993

2014 
USD’000

69
37,000
8,315
68
371,625
417,077

2014 
USD’000

269
30,390
364
138,169
15,812
98,979
283,983

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements 
 
15  Financial instruments by category continued
Company
Assets as per balance sheet

Cash at bank
Due from related parties (Note 24)
Other receivables

Liabilities as per balance sheet

Accruals 

Classification

Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables

Classification

Liabilities at amortised cost

101

2015 
USD’000

218
12,510
635
13,363

2014 
USD’000

286
110,191
507
110,984

2015 
USD’000

17

2014 
USD’000

2,487

Credit quality of financial assets 
Group
The credit quality of  financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired can be assessed by reference to historical information about 
counterparty default rates:

Trade receivables 
Group A
Group B
Group C

Group A – Last six months average debtor days is less than 45.
Group B – Last six months average debtor days is between 46 and 90.
Group C – Last six months average debtor days is above 90.

Derivative financial instruments
Fitch’s ratings
A+
AA- 

None of  the financial assets that are fully performing have been renegotiated in the last year. 

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

4,473
12,502
21,668
38,643

17,127
976
2,088
20,191

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

–
–
–

23
46
69

Financial statements 
 
102

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

15  Financial instruments by category continued
Credit quality of financial assets continued
Group continued

Cash at bank and short-term bank deposits
Fitch’s ratings
AA- 
A+
A
A- 
B
BBB+
BBB–
Not rated

Cash in hand (unrated)
Cash at bank and in hand (Note 22)

Company

Due from related parties (Note 24)

Due from related parties is neither past due nor impaired.

Cash at bank
Fitch’s ratings
AA–

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

46,463
230,471
10,547
–
963
395
–
202
289,041
577
289,618

242,865
124,745
1,564
395
917
–
104
202
370,792
833
371,625

2015
USD’000

12,510

2014
USD’000

110,191

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

218

286

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements 
103

Total
USD’000

262,503
18,868
–

(915)
(1,566)
278,890
55,549
(5,543)
–
328,896

(114,180)
(27,654)

876
1,411
(139,547)
(19,378)
5,315
(153,610)

16  Property, plant and equipment 

Cost
At 1 January 2014
Additions
Transfers
Assets of  disposal group classified  
  as held for sale (Note 23)
Other disposals
At 31 December 2014
Additions
Other disposals
Transfers
At 31 December 2015
Depreciation
At 1 January 2014
Charge for the year
Accumulated depreciation of  disposal group 
classified as held for sale (Note 23)
Other disposals
At 31 December 2014
Charge for the year
Other disposals
At 31 December 2015
Net book amount
At 31 December 2015
At 31 December 2014

Operating 
equipment
USD’000

Buildings & 
infrastructure
USD’000

Fixtures 
and office 
equipment
USD’000

Motor 
vehicles
USD’000

Capital 
work-in-
progress
USD’000

116,853
8,842
1,332

–
(643)
126,384
25,104
(1,760)
3,597
153,325

(70,814)
(14,052)

–
588
(84,278)
(10,906)
1,723
(93,461)

123,232
1,991
1,445

–
(48)
126,620
10,793
(370)
1,088
138,131

(27,272)
(9,042)

–
41
(36,273)
(7,209)
331
(43,151)

16,207
1,978
154

(820)
(109)
17,410
2,121
(3,118)
129
16,542

(13,970)
(3,485)

781
88
(16,586)
(803)
3,001
(14,388)

59,864
42,106

94,980
90,347

2,154
824

2,522
1,113
315

(95)
(766)
3,089
1,372
(295)
83
4,249

(2,124)
(1,075)

95
694
(2,410)
(460)
260
(2,610)

1,639
679

3,689
4,944
(3,246)

–
–
5,387
16,159
–
(4,897)
16,649

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

16,649
5,387

175,286
139,343

Buildings have been constructed on land, leased on a renewable basis from various Government Authorities. The remaining lives of  the 
leases range between two to seventeen years. The Group has renewed these land leases upon expiry in the past and its present intention 
is to continue to use the land and renew these leases for the foreseeable future.

Property, plant and equipment with a carrying amount of  USD 115.2 million (2014: USD 124.8 million) are under lien against the bank 
facilities (Note 31).

A depreciation expense of  USD 16.8 million (2014: USD 24 million) has been charged to cost of  sales; USD 2.6 million (2014:  
USD 3.6 million) to general and administrative expenses (Notes 6 and 9) and USD 0.04 million (2014: USD 0.1 million) is presented  
within profit for the year from discontinued operations (Note 23).

Capital work-in-progress represents the cost incurred towards construction and upgrade of  infrastructure and operating equipment. 

Financial statements104

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

17 

Intangible assets 

Cost
At 1 January 2014
Additions
Transfers
At 31 December 2014
Additions
Transfers
At 31 December 2015
Amortisation
At 1 January 2014
Charge for the year (Note 9)
At 31 December 2014
Charge for the year (Note 9)
At 31 December 2015
Net book amount 
At 31 December 2015
At 31 December 2014

Goodwill 
USD’000

Trade name
USD’000

Customer 
relationships
USD’000

Leasehold 
rights
USD’000

Software
USD’000 

 Work-in- 
progress
USD’000

180,539
–
–
180,539
–
–
180,539

–
–
–
–
–

180,539
180,539

22,335
–
–
22,335
–
–
22,335

6,770
3,765
10,535
1,804
12,339

9,996
11,800

19,323
–
–
19,323
–
–
19,323

11,876
7,447
19,323
–
19,323

–
–

8,338
–
–
8,338
–
–
8,338

1,478
488
1,966
488
2,454

5,884
6,372

1,536
56
2,777
4,369
6
7,153
11,528

1,536
195
1,731
332
2,063

9,465
2,638

Total
USD’000

234,686
3,595
–
238,281
3,782
–
242,063

21,660
11,895
33,555
2,624
36,179

2,615
3,539
(2,777)
3,377
3,776
(7,153)
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
3,377

205,884
204,726

Trade name represents the expected future economic benefit to be derived from the continued use of  the MIS trade name acquired 
through the acquisition of  MIS. 

Leasehold rights represent a favourable operating right acquired upon the acquisition of  MIS and existing leasehold rights in the books  
of  MIS on acquisition of  Rig Metals LLC in 2008. The value of  the intangible assets has been determined by calculating the present value 
of  the expected future economic benefits to arise from the favourable lease terms of  eleven to seventeen years. 

During 2014 and 2015, work-in-progress represents the cost incurred towards the implementation of  a new Enterprise Resource Planning 
software (“ERP software”). 

The Group amortises intangible assets with a limited useful life using the straight line method over the following periods:

Trade name
Leasehold rights
Software

Years

10
17
15

Goodwill is monitored by the management at the operating segment level. Goodwill of  USD 180.5 million arising due to the acquisition  
of  MIS has been allocated to the CGU1.

The recoverable amount of  CGU1 has been determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations require the use of  
estimates. These calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections based on Group budget covering a three-year period. Cash flows beyond 
the three-year period are extrapolated using the estimated growth rate stated below. The growth rate does not exceed the long-term 
average growth rate for the business in which the CGU operates. The discount rate used is pre-tax and reflect specific risks to the relevant 
cash generating unit.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements105

Intangible assets continued

17 
The key assumptions, revenue growth rate, discount rate, net profit rate and terminal value growth rate used in the value-in-use calculations 
are as follows:

Revenue growth rate1
Discount rate2
Net profit rate3
Terminal value growth rate4

2015
USD’000

5%
10.42%
3%
3.25%

2014
USD’000

5%
10.55%
5%
3.25%

1.  Revenue growth rate for the first three-year period is based on the Group budget. Beyond this period, the growth rate is determined based upon past performance and management 

2. 

expectations of  future market development. 
In determining the appropriate discount rate, the Group considers the weighted average cost of  capital employed, which takes into consideration the risk free rate of  US treasury 
bonds with a long-term maturity period, the UAE inflation rate, an Equity risk premium on the entities operating from the UAE, the Group’s beta and the cost of  the Group’s debt.
3.  Net profit rate for the first three-year period is based on the Group budget. Beyond this period, the net profit rate is determined based upon management expectations of  future 

market development. 

4.  Terminal value growth rate is based upon management expectations of  future market development. 

18 

Investment in subsidiaries 

At 1 January 
Additions – conversion of  loan
Share based payments to employees of  subsidiaries in accordance with IFRS 2
At 31 December 

2015
USD’000

593,747
96,773
2,049
692,569

2014
USD’000

592,781
–
966
593,747

The Company granted free and performance shares to employees of  its subsidiaries under various plans (Note 8). These shares have  
a vesting period of  thirty six months. Accordingly, the proportionate share based charge for the year of  USD 2.0 million  
(2014: USD 1.0 million) has been recorded as an increase in investment in subsidiaries with a corresponding credit to retained earnings.

During the year, management has decided to convert a loan receivable from LEL into an equity contribution. Accordingly, an amount  
of  USD 96.8 million has been treated as a further investment in the subsidiary.

Investment accounted for using the equity method 

19 
Investment in a joint venture 

At 1 January 
Dividends received during the year
Share of  profit for the year
At 31 December

2015
USD’000

5,118
(1,151)
1,318
5,285

2014
USD’000

5,615
(3,488)
2,991
5,118

Details of  the Group’s joint ventures during the year and at the balance sheet date is as follows:

Name of  the joint venture

Place of  incorporation and operation

Proportion of  ownership

Status

Maritime Industrial Services Arabia Co. Ltd. (“MISA”)1

Jubail, Kingdom of  Saudi Arabia

30%

 Operational

1.  Production, manufacturing and erection of  heat exchangers, pressure vessels, tanks, structural steel, piping and other related activities. 

Financial statements 
 
106

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

Investment accounted for using the equity method continued

19 
Investment in a joint venture continued
Summarised financial information in respect of  the Group’s joint ventures is set out below:

MISA

Total non-current assets
Total current assets
Total non-current liabilities
Total current liabilities (excluding income tax payable)
Net assets (excluding income tax payable)
Income tax payable
Net assets
Group’s share of  joint venture’s net assets (excluding income tax payable) – 30%
Group’s share of  joint venture’s income tax payable
Group’s share of  joint venture’s net assets – net of  Group’s share of  income tax
Revenue
Expenses
Profit before tax
Group’s share of  joint venture’s net profit – net of  Group’s share of  income tax

MISA is a private company and there is no quoted market price available for its shares.

This Group has the following contingencies and commitments relating to the Group’s interest in the joint venture.

Letters of  guarantee
Operating lease commitments

20 

Inventories 

Raw materials and consumables
Work in progress
Less: Provision for slow moving and obsolete inventories

2015
USD’000

6,902
21,452
(2,600)
(6,977)
18,777
(628)
18,149
5,633
(348)
5,285
30,809
(25,077)
5,732
1,318

2014
USD’000

5,450
24,684
(2,152)
(8,117)
19,865
(1,232)
18,633
5,960
(842)
5,118
39,824
(27,037)
12,787
2,991

2015
USD’000

2,532
119

2014
USD’000

1,695
187

2015
USD’000

21,917
9,604
(2,455)
29,066

2014
USD’000

16,301
–
(1,741)
14,560

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements 
21  Trade and other receivables 

Trade receivables
Other receivables and prepayments
Advance to suppliers
Receivables from a related party (Note 24)

Less: Provision for impairment of  trade receivables

Amounts due from customers on contracts
Contract work in progress (Note 2.2)

Non-current portion:
Advance to suppliers
Prepayments
Current portion

107

2015
USD’000

94,146
30,206
19,435
13
143,800
(5,220)
138,580
133,487
156,259
428,326

2014
USD’000

48,622
21,620
6,533
68
76,843
(11,622)
65,221
185,476
152,922
403,619

–
12,712
415,614

4,932
6,944
391,743

During 2015, the Group paid an amount of  USD 8.5 million to the Sharjah Electricity & Water Authority for construction, installation and 
maintenance of  an electric mainline at its Hamriyah facility. The Group has decided to amortise this amount over the remaining period  
of  the leasehold rights for the facility.

Amounts due from customers on contracts comprise:

Costs incurred to date
Attributable profits

Less: Progress billings

2015
USD’000

1,098,234
204,586
1,302,820
(1,169,333)
133,487

2014
USD’000

1,042,589
190,090
1,232,679
(1,047,203)
185,476

As required under our current contracts with Ensco, we note that all related materials and equipment and the vessel itself  being 
constructed under these contracts are the exclusive property of  Ensco.

An analysis of  trade receivables is as follows:

Fully performing 
Past due but not impaired
Impaired

2015
USD’000

38,643
50,283
5,220
94,146

2014
USD’000

20,191
16,809
11,622
48,622

At 31 December 2015, trade receivables of  USD 50.3 million (2014: USD 16.8 million) were past due but not impaired. These relate to a 
number of  independent customers for whom there is no recent history of  default. 

The ageing analysis of  these trade receivables is as follows:

Up to three months 
Three to six months 
Over six months 

2015
USD’000

48,446
785
1,052
50,283

2014
USD’000

11,524
3,173
2,112
16,809

Financial statements108

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

21  Trade and other receivables continued
At 31 December 2015, trade receivables of  USD 5.2 million (2014: USD 11.6 million) were impaired and provided for. The individually 
impaired receivables mainly relate to customers who are in a difficult economic situation. The ageing analysis of  these trade receivables is 
as follows:

Not yet overdue
Up to three months
Over six months

2015
USD’000

–
569
4,651
5,220

2014
USD’000

3,090
–
8,532
11,622

The carrying amounts of  the Group’s trade and other receivables are primarily denominated in US Dollars or UAE Dirhams, which are 
pegged to the US Dollar. 

Movements in the provision for impairment of  trade receivables are as follows:

At 1 January
Provision for receivables impairment 
Receivables written off  during the year as uncollectable
Amounts recovered during the year
Reclassified as asset held for sale
At 31 December

2015
USD’000

11,622
1,309
(302)
(7,409)
–
5,220

2014
USD’000

7,715
8,328
(2,774)
(1,116)
(531)
11,622

The creation and release of  the provision for impaired receivables have been included in general and administrative expenses in the 
consolidated income statement (Note 9). Amounts charged to the allowance account are generally written off  when there is no expectation 
of  recovering additional cash.

The other classes within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of  each class of  receivables mentioned above.  
The carrying value of  trade receivables approximates to their fair value.

22  Cash and bank balances 
Group

Cash at bank and on hand
Term deposits and margin deposits – current
Cash and bank balances
Term deposits and margin deposits – non-current
Less: Margin/short-term deposits under lien
Less: Deposit with original maturity of  more than three months
Cash and cash equivalents (for the purpose of  cash flow statement)

2015
USD’000

92,301
188,367
280,668
8,950
(11,787)
(53,667)
224,164

2014
USD’000

82,945
276,163
359,108
12,517
(12,312)
(46,961)
312,352

At 31 December 2015, the cash at bank and short-term deposits were held with thirteen banks (2014: fifteen banks). The effective  
interest rate on short-term deposits was 0.96% (2014: 0.51%) per annum. Margin and short-term deposits of  USD 11.8 million (2014:  
USD 12.3 million) and deposits with an original maturity of  more than three months amounting to USD 43.9 million (2014: USD 37.3 million) 
are held under lien against guarantees issued by the banks (Note 35).

Company
Cash at bank comprises of  cash held with one bank.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements 
109

23  Assets held for sale and discontinued operations 
Discontinued operations 
Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations comprises:

Revenue
Cost of  sales
General and administrative expenses
Other gains/losses – net
Finance costs – net
Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations
Re-measurement of  post-employment  
  benefit obligations
Total comprehensive income arising  
  from discontinued operations

The main elements of  the cash flows are as follows:

Operating cash flows
Investing cash flows
Financing cash flows
Total cash flows

Inspec
USD’000

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

2015

Litwin
USD’000

1,640
(1,763)
(1,849)
165
(59)
(1,866)

Total 
USD’000

Inspec
USD’000

1,640
(1,763)
(1,849)
165
(59)
(1,866)

3,008
(2,080)
(193)
2
–
737

2014 

Litwin
USD’000

16,385
(21,082)
(2,550)
280
(203)
(7,170)

Total 
USD’000

19,393
(23,162)
(2,743)
282
(203)
(6,433)

–

–

–

13

13

(1,866)

(1,866)

737

(7,157)

(6,420)

Inspec
USD’000

–
–
–
–

2015

Litwin
USD’000

702
(123)
(59)
520

Total 
USD’000

Inspec
USD’000

702
(123)
(59)
520

2,954
(74)
–
2,880

2014 

Litwin
USD’000

5,315
30
(203)
5,142

Total 
USD’000

8,269
(44)
(203)
8,022

Inspec
During 2013, the Group decided to dispose of  Inspec. This transaction was completed on 3 March 2014.

Litwin
During 2014, the Group decided to dispose of  Litwin. This transaction was completed on 21 April 2015.

Disposal group 
At 31 December 2014, the major classes of  assets and liabilities of  a disposal group (Litwin) were as follows:

Assets classified as held for sale
Property, plant and equipment (Note 16)
Trade and other receivables (net of  provision for impairment of  trade receivables)
Cash and bank balances

Liabilities classified as held for sale
Provision for employees’ end of  service benefits (Note 27)
Trade and other payables

The commitments of  disposal group were as follows:
Bank guarantees 

2014
 USD’000

39
8,543
6,646
15,228

333
10,213
10,546

9,395

Financial statements110

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

23  Assets held for sale and discontinued operations continued
Disposal group continued
Litwin
Net cash inflow on the subsidiary disposed during the year is as follows:

Property, plant and equipment
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Provision for employees’ end of  service benefits 
Trade and other payables
Net assets 
Accruals
Net assets retained 
Expenses on disposal 
Gain on disposal
Cash consideration on disposal
Less: Expenses on disposal
Less: Cash and cash equivalents transferred as a part of  disposal
Net cash inflow for the purpose of  consolidated cash flow statement 

 2015
USD’000

163
7,315
749
(298)
(3,906)
4,023
1,362
(2,611)
500
66
3,340
(500)
(749)
2,091

24  Related party balances and transactions 
Related parties comprise LHL (which owns 33% of  the issued share capital of  the Company), certain legal shareholders of  the Group 
companies, Directors and key management personnel of  the Group and entities controlled by Directors and key management personnel. 
Key management includes the Directors (Executive and Non-Executive) and members of  the executive committee. Related parties, for the 
purpose of  the parent company financial statements, also include subsidiaries owned directly or indirectly and joint ventures. Other than 
those disclosed elsewhere in the financial statements, the Group entered into the following significant transactions during the year with 
related parties at prices and on terms agreed between the related parties:

Group

Key management compensation
Legal and professional services
Sales to joint ventures
Purchases from joint ventures
Sponsorship fees and commissions paid to legal shareholders of  subsidiaries

Company

Key management compensation
Revenue (Management fees charged to subsidiaries)

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

7,099
–
315
342
294

2015
USD’000

3,139
6,119

8,746
730
267
350
866

2014
USD’000

3,993
10,129

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements 
24  Related party balances and transactions continued
Key management compensation comprises:

Group

Salaries and other short-term benefits
Share based payments – value of  services provided
Post-employment benefits

Company

Salaries and other short-term benefits
Share based payments – value of  services provided
Post-employment benefits

111

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

5,075
1,832
192
7,099

6,537
435
1,774
8,746

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

1,905
1,183
51
3,139

2,200
107
1,686
3,993

The terms of  the employment contracts of  the key management include reciprocal notice periods of  between three to twelve months.

Due from/due to related parties
Due from related parties 

Group
MISA (current) (Note 21)
Company
MIS1
EBT2
LEL3

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

13

68

11,236
13
1,261
12,510

10,972
43
99,176
110,191

1.  Primarily comprises a receivable in respect of  management fees charged by the Company.
2.  Primarily comprises of  payments made for treasury shares acquired by EBT on behalf  of  the Group.
3.  Primarily comprises of  a receivable in respect of  management fees charged by the Company (2014: the balance primarily comprises a receivable in respect of  amount advanced to 

LEL from the proceeds of  the rights issue).

Further, the Company has provided performance guarantees on behalf  of  its subsidiary. These guarantees, issued in the normal course 
of  business, are outstanding at the year end and no outflow of  resources embodying economic benefits in relation to these guarantees is 
expected by the Company.

Due to a related party 

Group
MISA (current) (Note 29)

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

122

364

Financial statements 
112

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

25  Share capital 
Issued and fully paid ordinary shares 

At 1 January 2014
Add: New shares issued during the year
Less: Transaction costs relating to the rights issue
At 31 December 2014
At 31 December 2015

Equity
number

260,363,101
81,363,469
–
341,726,570
341,726,570

Share
capital
USD’000

23,552
6,794
–
30,346
30,346

Share 
premium
USD’000

211,776
112,785
(8,566)
315,995
315,995

The total authorised number of  ordinary shares is 400 million shares (2014: 400 million shares) with a par value of  5 pence per share 
(2014: 5 pence per share).

During 2014, the Company successfully carried out a fully underwritten rights issue. The rights issue offered five new ordinary shares 
for every 16 ordinary shares held by each shareholder at an issue price of  88 pence per new ordinary share. The rights issue was fully 
subscribed and paid up as at 30 June 2014. The Company issued 81,363,469 new ordinary shares through the rights issue and received 
proceeds amounting to USD 119.6 million. 

The paid-in capital from the rights issue is split between the par value of  the shares issued (USD 6.8 million) and the share premium  
at the date of  issue (USD 112.8 million) less any directly attributable transaction costs (USD 8.6 million). These new ordinary shares rank 
pari passu in all respects with the existing ordinary shares, including the right to all future dividends and other distributions declared,  
made or paid.

During 2015, Lamprell plc employee benefit trust (“EBT”) acquired 51 shares (2014: 189,111 shares) of  the Company. The total amount 
paid to acquire the shares was USD Nil (2014: USD 0.5 million) and has been deducted from the consolidated retained earnings. During 
2015, no shares (2014: 187,580 shares amounting to USD 0.5 million) were issued to employees and 16,268 shares (31 December 2014: 
16,217 shares) were held as treasury shares at 31 December 2015. The Company has the right to reissue these shares at a later date. 
These shares will be issued on vesting of  the free shares/performance shares/share options granted to certain employees of  the Group. 

26  Other reserves 
Group

At 1 January 2014
Currency translation differences
Disposal of  a subsidiary
At 31 December 2014 
Currency translation differences
At 31 December 2015 

Legal
reserve
USD’000

98
–
–
98
–
98

Merger
reserve
USD’000

(22,422)
–
3,850
(18,572)
–
(18,572)

Translation 
reserve
USD’000

191
(372)
–
(181)
(489)
(670)

Total
USD’000

(22,133)
(372)
3,850
(18,655)
(489)
(19,144)

Legal reserve
The Legal reserve relates to subsidiaries (other than the subsidiaries incorporated in free zones) in the UAE and the State of  Qatar. In 
accordance with the laws of  the respective countries, the Group has established a statutory reserve by appropriating 10% of  the profit for 
the year of  such companies. Such transfers are required to be made until the reserve is equal to, at least, 50% (UAE) and 33.3% (State of  
Qatar) of  the issued share capital of  such companies. The legal reserve is not available for distribution.

Merger reserve
On 11 September 2006, the Group acquired 100% of  the legal and beneficial ownership of  Inspec from LHL for a consideration of   
USD 4 million. This acquisition was accounted for using the uniting of  interest method.

On 25 September 2006, the Company entered into a share for share exchange agreement with LEL and LHL under which it acquired 
100% of  the 49,003 shares of  LEL from LHL in consideration for the issue to LHL of  200,000,000 shares of  the Company. This acquisition 
has been accounted for using the uniting of  interest method.

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements 
 
26  Other reserves continued
Company
Other reserve

At 1 January and 31 December

113

2015
USD’000

329,153

2014
USD’000

329,153

The other reserve arose on acquisition of  LEL and is not available for distribution.

27  Provision for employees’ end of service benefits 
In accordance with the provisions of  IAS 19, management has carried out an exercise to assess the present value of  its obligations at  
31 December 2015 and 2014, using the projected unit credit method, in respect of  employees’ end of  service benefits payable under  
the labour laws of  the countries in which the Group operates. Under this method, an assessment has been made of  an employee’s 
expected service life with the Group and the expected basic salary at the date of  leaving the service. The obligation for end of  service 
benefit is not funded. 

The movement in the employees’ end of  service benefit liability over the periods is as follows:

Group

At 1 January 
Current service cost
Interest cost
Remeasurements
Benefits paid
Liabilities of  disposal group classified as held for sale (Note 23)
At 31 December 

2015
USD’000

38,752
4,871
1,442
1,988
(4,190)
–
42,863

2014
USD’000

36,046
4,739
1,701
3,742
(7,143)
(333)
38,752

Remeasurements consist of  actuarial losses from a change in demographic assumptions USD 1.0 million (2014: USD Nil), a change in 
financial assumptions USD 0.6 million (2014: USD 2.2 million) and other experiences 0.4 million (2014: USD 1.0 million).

Company

At 1 January 
Current service cost
Interest cost
Remeasurements
Benefits paid
At 31 December 

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

75
40
13
(7)
–
121

75
64
4
(45)
(23)
75

Remeasurements consist of  actuarial gains from change in demographic assumptions of  USD 0.03 million and other experiences  
USD 0.04 million.

Group
The amounts recognised in the consolidated income statement are as follows:

Current service cost
Interest cost
Total (included in staff  costs) (Note 10)

2015
USD’000

4,871
1,442
6,313

2014
USD’000

4,626
1,603
6,229

Of  the total charge, USD 4.9 million (2014: USD 5.1 million) and USD 1.4 million (2014: USD 1.1 million) are included in cost of  sales  
and general and administrative expenses (Note 6 and 9 respectively).

Financial statements114

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

27  Provision for employees’ end of service benefits continued
Company

Current service cost
Interest cost
Total (included in staff  costs) 

The above charge of  USD 0.1 million (2014: USD 0.1 million) is included in general and administrative expenses.

The principal actuarial assumptions used were as follows:

Discount rate
Future salary increase:
Management and administrative employees
Yard employees

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

40
13
53

2015

3.50%

3.00%
3.00%

64
4
68

2014

3.50%

3.00%
2.50%

The rate used for discounting the employees’ post-employment defined benefit obligation should be based on market yields on high 
quality corporate bonds. In countries where there is no deep market for such bonds, the market yields on government bonds should be 
used. In the UAE there is no deep market for corporate bonds and no market for government bonds and, therefore, the discount rate has 
been estimated using the US AA-rated corporate bond market as a proxy. On this basis, the discount rate applied was 3.5% (2014: 3.5%). 
The rates used for future salary increase are long-term assumptions which take into account inflation, relevant factors in the employment 
market and the Group’s own expectations. Based on these factors, the future salary increase rate for Yard employees has increased from 
2.5% to 3%. 

Due to the nature of  the benefit, which is a lump-sum payable on exit for any cause, a combined single decrement rate has been used  
as follows:

Yard employees:
20 – 29 years
30 – 44 years
45 – 59 years
60 years and above

Management and administrative employees:
20 – 29 years
30 – 44 years
45 – 54 years
55 – 59 years
60 years and above

Executive Directors:
35 – 39 years
40 – 64 years
65 years and above

Percentage of  employees at each 
age exiting the plan per year

2015

2014

16%
10%
6%
100%

8%
6%
4%
1%
100%

10%
7%
100%

16%
10%
6%
100%

8%
6%
4%
1%
100%

10%
7%
100%

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements115

28  Derivative financial instruments 

Derivatives held at fair value through profit or loss
Interest rate swaps
Total
Non-current portion
Current portion

2015

2014

Notional 
contract 
amount 
USD’000

–
80,000
80,000
60,000
20,000

Assets 
USD’000

Liabilities
USD’000

–
–
–
–
–

–
18
18
14
4

Notional 
contract 
amount 
USD’000

2,889
100,000
102,889
80,000
22,889

Assets 
USD’000

Liabilities
USD’000

–
69
69
55
14

269
–
269
–
269

During 2014, the Group entered into an interest rate swap to switch floating interest rates to fixed interest rates on the Group’s borrowings. 
This derivative did not qualify for hedge accounting and is carried at fair value through profit or loss. The notional principal amount at the 
date of  inception of  these contracts was USD 100 million. This contract matures in various instalments within fifty seven months from the 
date of  inception. The fair value liability at the 31 December 2015 of  this derivative was USD 0.2 million (2014: USD 0.7 million).

29  Trade and other payables 

Trade payables
Accruals
Payables to a related party (Note 24)
Amounts due to customers on contracts

Amounts due to customers on contracts comprise:
Progress billings
Less: Cost incurred to date
Less: Recognised profits

30  Provision for warranty costs and other liabilities 

At 1 January 2014 
Charged during the year
Released/utilised during the year
At 31 December 2014
Charge during the year 
Released/utilised during the year 
At 31 December 2015

2015
USD’000

44,065
127,155
122
93,601
264,943

357,154
(226,975)
(36,578)
93,601

Minimum 
purchase 
obligations
USD’000

–
3,423
–
3,423
–
(3,189)
234

2014
USD’000

30,390
138,169
364
148,680
317,603

477,583
(299,010)
(29,893)
148,680

Total 
USD’000

5,400
12,423
(2,011)
15,812
1,200
(8,678)
8,334

Warranty 
costs
USD’000

5,400
9,000
(2,011)
12,389
1,200
(5,489)
8,100

Warranty costs charged during the year relates to management’s assessment of  potential claims under contractual warranty provisions. 

Financial statements116

NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUED

31  Borrowings 

Bank term loans
The bank borrowings are repayable as follows:
Current (less than 1 year)
Non-current (2 to 5 years)

2015
USD’000

79,299

20,136
59,163
79,299

2014
USD’000

98,979

20,136
78,843
98,979

At 31 December 2015, the Group has banking facilities of  USD 1,381 million (2014: USD 1,189 million) with commercial banks.  
The facilities include bank overdrafts, letters of  guarantees, letters of  credit and short-term loans.

Bank facilities are secured by liens over term deposits of  USD 55.7 million (2014: USD 49.6 million) (Note 22), the Group’s counter 
indemnities for guarantees issued on their behalf, the Group’s corporate guarantees, letter of  undertakings, letter of  credit payment 
guarantees, cash margin held against letters of  guarantees, shares of  certain subsidiaries, certain property, plant and equipment, 
movable assets, leasehold rights for land and certain contract related receivables.

The borrowings are stated net of  the unamortised arrangement fees and other transaction costs of  USD 1.2 million (2014: USD 1.5 million) 
and accrued interest of  USD 0.5 million (2014: USD 0.5 million).

The banking facilities relating to overdrafts and revolving facilities carry interest at LIBOR + 3.5%. However, the Group has entered into 
interest rate swaps against the variable interest rate at a fixed interest rate of  1.2375% (2014: 1.2375%). 

The carrying amounts of  borrowings in the year approximated to their fair value and were denominated in US Dollars or UAE Dirhams, 
which are pegged to the US Dollar.

32  Profit of the Company 
The profit of  USD 0.4 million (2014: USD 2.1 million) in respect of  the Company is included in these consolidated financial statements.

33  Dividends 
There were no dividends declared or paid during the year ended 31 December 2015 or 31 December 2014.

34  Commitments 
(a)  Operating lease commitments
The Group leases land and staff  accommodation under various operating lease agreements. The remaining lease terms of  the majority  
of  the leases are between four to seventeen years and are renewable at mutually agreed terms. 

The future minimum lease payments payable under operating leases are as follows:

Not later than one year
Later than one year but not later than five years
Later than five years

(b)  Other commitments 

Capital commitments for construction of  facilities
Capital commitments for purchase of  operating equipment and computer software

2015
USD’000

6,988
9,992
36,530
53,510

2015
USD’000

196
4,791

2014
USD’000

7,570
10,912
39,236
57,718

2014
USD’000

4,219
14,966

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial statements 
 
35  Bank guarantees 

Performance/bid bonds
Advance payment, labour visa and payment guarantees

117

2015
USD’000

126,375
315,200
441,575

2014
USD’000

90,063
276,757
366,820

The various bank guarantees, as above, were issued by the Group’s bankers in the ordinary course of  business. Certain guarantees are 
secured by 100% cash margins, assignments of  receivables from some customers and in respect of  guarantees provided by banks 
to the Group companies, they have been secured by parent company guarantees. In the opinion of  the management, the above bank 
guarantees are unlikely to result in any liability to the Group.

36  Cash generated from operating activities 

Operating activities
Profit before income tax including discontinued operations
Adjustments for:
Share based payments – value of  services provided
Depreciation
Amortisation of  intangible assets
Share of  profit from investment in joint venture
Profit on disposal of  property, plant and equipment
(Release)/provisions for warranty costs and other liabilities
Provision for slow moving and obsolete inventories
(Release)/provision for impairment of  trade receivables – net
Provision for employees’ end of  service benefits
Gain on disposal of  a subsidiary
Loss on derivative financial instruments
Finance costs
Finance income
Operating cash flows before payment of  employees’ end of  service benefits and  
  changes in working capital
Payment of  employees’ end of  service benefits
Changes in working capital:
Inventories before movement in provision
Derivative financial instruments
Trade and other receivables before movement in provision for impairment of  trade 
receivables
Trade and other payables, excluding movement in dividend payable
Cash used in operating activities

 Year ended 31 December

Note

2015
USD’000

2014
USD’000

65,241

118,541

8

17
19

30
20
21
27
23
12

11

28

3,174
19,386
2,624
(1,318)
(315)
(7,478)
714
(6,100)
6,313
(66)
780
14,706
(2,679)

94,982
(4,225)

(15,220)
(962)

(14,768)
(60,329)
(522)

1,084
27,935
11,895
(2,991)
(162)
5,989
24
5,278
6,560
(31,270)
156
20,719
(2,166)

161,592
(7,182)

(2,898)
205

(94,857)
(96,293)
(39,433)

37  Events after the balance sheet date 
On 26 January 2016, the Group has signed a Memorandum of  Understanding (“MOU”) with Saudi Aramco (the National Oil Company  
of  the Kingdom of  Saudi Arabia), the National Shipping Company of  Saudi Arabia (“Bahri”) and Hyundai Heavy Industries in connection 
with a potential partnership collaboration on establishing a Maritime Complex in Saudi Arabia. The intended Maritime Complex will provide 
engineering, manufacturing and repair services for offshore rigs, commercial vessels and offshore service vessels. The MOU covers joint 
participation and due diligence on all activities and work streams required to make a final investment decision by all participating parties. 
The outcome of  the agreement to engage in the potential joint venture partnership will be determined upon finalisation of  all activities  
and required due diligence.

Financial statements 
118

GLOSSARY

“AED”

United Arab Emirates Dirham

“FPSO”

Floating, Production, Storage and Offloading

“ADNOC”

Abu Dhabi National Oil Company

“AGM”

“AIM”

“API”

“ASME”

“bn”

“Board” or 
“Directors”

Annual General Meeting

Alternative Investment Market – a market 
operated by the London Stock Exchange plc

American Petroleum Institute

American Society of  Mechanical Engineers

Billion

the Board of  Directors of  the Company

“CAGR”

Compound Annual Growth Rate

“CBL”

“CDP”

“CEO”

“CFO”

“CGU”

“Code”

Cleopatra Barges Limited

Carbon Disclosure Project

Chief  Executive Officer

Chief  Financial Officer

Cash Generating Unit

UK Corporate Governance Code 2014

“Company”

Lamprell plc

“COO”

Chief  Operating Officer

“COP 21”

Conference of  Parties 21

“CSR”

Corporate Social Responsibility

“DAFWC”

Day away from work case

“E&C”

“E&P”

“EBITDA”

“EBT”

“EPC”

“EPCI”

“EPS”

“ERM”

“ERP”

“ESOP”

“EU”

“FCAW”

Engineering & Construction

Exploration and Production

Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation 
and Amortisation

Engineering, Procurement and Construction

Engineering, Procurement, Construction  
and Installation

Earnings Per Share

Enterprise Resource Management 

Enterprise Resource Planning

Lamprell plc Executive Share Option Plan

European Union

Flux Cored Arc Welding 

“FPU”

“FSP”

“FTSE”

“FZCO”

“GBP”

“GE”

“GIC”

“Group”

“HMRC”

“HR”

“HSE”

Floating Production Units

Free Share Plan

Financial Times Stock Exchange index

Free Zone Company

Great Britain Pound

General Electric

Global Investment Co. Ltd. Inc

The Company and its subsidiaries

HM Revenue & Customs

Human Resources

Health, Safety and Environment

“HSESQ”

Health, Safety, Environment, Security and Quality

“lAS”

“IFRS”

“IHS”

International Accounting Standards

International Financial Reporting Standards

Information Handling Services

“INSPEC”

International Inspection Services Limited

“IOC”

“ISO”

“IA”

“IT”

“JIL”

“JPMC”

“KBR”

“KPI”

International Oil Company

International Organization for Standardization

Internal Audit

Information Technology

Jebel All Investments Limited

JP Morgan Cazenove

Kellogg Brown & Root

Key Performance Indicators

UAE Labour Law (Federal Law No.8 of  1980  
(as amended))

“Lamprell”

the Company and its subsidiary undertakings

“LD”

Lamprell Dubai LLC

“LE FZCO”

Lamprell Energy FZCO

“LEL”

“LHL”

“LIH”

“LIT”

“LNG”

Lamprell Energy Limited

Lamprell Holdings Limited

Lamprell Investment Holdings Limited

Litwin PEL Co. LLC

Liquid Natural Gas

Lamprell plc Employee Benefit Trust

“Labour Law”

Lamprell plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015Glossary119

“LS”

“LSE”

“LTIP”

“m”

“MIAS”

“MIL”

“MIS”

“MISA”

Lamprell Sharjah WLL

London Stock Exchange Limited

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Million

Maritime International Agency Services Ltd

Maurlis International Ltd. Inc

Maritime Industrial Services Co. Ltd. Inc.

Maritime Industrial Services Arabia Co. Ltd.

“MISCLP”

Maritime Industrial Services Co. Ltd. & Partners

“MISQWLL”

MIS Qatar LLC

“MOCL”

“MOD”

“MOL”

“NBJR”

“NBS”

“NDC”

“NED”

“NOC”

 “NY”

“O&M”

Maritime Offshore Construction Limited

Modules

Maritime Offshore Limited

New Build Jackup Rigs

New Bridge Street

National Drilling Company

Non-Executive Director

National Oil Company 

New York

Operations & Maintenance

“OGCS”

Oil and Gas Contracting Services

“OP”

“PwC”

“RIM”

“RSP”

“TRIR”

“TSR”

“UAE”

“UK”

“United States”  
or “US”

Offshore Platforms

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Rig Metals LLC

Retention Share Plan

Total Recordable Injury Rate

Total Shareholder Return

the Federation of  the United Arab Emirates

United Kingdom

the United States of  America

“USD”

“VP”

US Dollar

Vice-President

GlossaryDesigned and produced by www.farraday.com

This document is printed on GalerieArt Matt which  
has been independently certified according to the rules 
of  the Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC). The virgin 
fibre is Elemental Chlorine Free (ECF) bleached.

Printed in the UK by Pureprint using vegetable inks 
throughout. Pureprint is a CarbonNeutral® company.

Both manufacturing paper mill and the printer are 
registered to the Environmental Management System 
ISO 14001 and are Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC) 
chain-of-custody certified.

If  you have finished with this document and no longer 
wish to retain it, please pass it on to other interested 
readers or dispose of  it in your recycled paper waste.

Lamprell plc 

Registered office
Fort Anne
Douglas
Isle of  Man
IM1 5PD

Operations
PO Box 33455
Dubai
United Arab Emirates
Tel  +971 6 528 2323
Fax  +971 6 528 4325

Email  lamprell@lamprell.com

www.lamprell.com

Certifications

L

a

m

p

r

e

l

l

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

5

Certifications:

Bureau Veritas

ASME

National Board

ISO 9001:2008
ISO/TS 29001:2010
OHSAS 18001:2007
ISO 14001:2004

Monogram Licenses 

U,S,PP,U2

NB, R

2B-0133
2C-0113
4F-0094
4F-0227

4F-0281
7K-0303
8C-0182
16C-0202

16C-0278
16D-0075

Bureau Veritas

ASME

National Board

Monogram Licenses 

API QMS 
API QMS 

API - Q1
API - Q1

ISO 9001:2008
ISO/TS 29001:2010
OHSAS 18001:2007
ISO 14001:2004
ISO 27001:2013

U,S,PP,U2

NB, R

2B-0133
2C-0113
4F-0094
4F-0227

4F-0281
7K-0303
8C-0182
16C-0202

16C-0278
16D-0075

2427, 0881
2427, 0881

Q1-1322
Q1-0633

Q1-1322
Q1-0633

R

R